8684 lines
232 KiB
C
8684 lines
232 KiB
C
/*
|
||
* tkWinWm.c --
|
||
*
|
||
* This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based
|
||
* application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements
|
||
* the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window
|
||
* manager.
|
||
*
|
||
* Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||
* Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
|
||
*
|
||
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
|
||
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
#include "tkWinInt.h"
|
||
#include <shellapi.h>
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* These next two defines are only valid on Win2K/XP+.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
#ifndef WS_EX_LAYERED
|
||
#define WS_EX_LAYERED 0x00080000
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifndef LWA_COLORKEY
|
||
#define LWA_COLORKEY 0x00000001
|
||
#endif
|
||
#ifndef LWA_ALPHA
|
||
#define LWA_ALPHA 0x00000002
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Event structure for synthetic activation events. These events are placed on
|
||
* the event queue whenever a toplevel gets a WM_MOUSEACTIVATE message or
|
||
* a WM_ACTIVATE. If the window is being moved (*flagPtr will be true)
|
||
* then the handling of this event must be delayed until the operation
|
||
* has completed to avoid a premature WM_EXITSIZEMOVE event.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
typedef struct ActivateEvent {
|
||
Tcl_Event ev;
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr;
|
||
const int *flagPtr;
|
||
HWND hwnd;
|
||
} ActivateEvent;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* A data structure of the following type holds information for each window
|
||
* manager protocol (such as WM_DELETE_WINDOW) for which a handler (i.e. a Tcl
|
||
* command) has been defined for a particular top-level window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
typedef struct ProtocolHandler {
|
||
Atom protocol; /* Identifies the protocol. */
|
||
struct ProtocolHandler *nextPtr;
|
||
/* Next in list of protocol handlers for the
|
||
* same top-level window, or NULL for end of
|
||
* list. */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
|
||
char command[TKFLEXARRAY]; /* Tcl command to invoke when a client message
|
||
* for this protocol arrives. The actual size
|
||
* of the structure varies to accommodate the
|
||
* needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE
|
||
* THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */
|
||
} ProtocolHandler;
|
||
|
||
#define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \
|
||
((Tk_Offset(ProtocolHandler, command) + 1) + cmdLength)
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Helper type passed via lParam to TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
typedef struct TkWmStackorderToplevelPair {
|
||
Tcl_HashTable *table;
|
||
TkWindow **windowPtr;
|
||
} TkWmStackorderToplevelPair;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* This structure represents the contents of a icon, in terms of its image.
|
||
* The HICON is an internal Windows format. Most of these icon-specific
|
||
* structures originated with the Winico extension. We stripped out unused
|
||
* parts of that code, and integrated the code more naturally with Tcl.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
typedef struct {
|
||
UINT Width, Height, Colors; /* Width, Height and bpp */
|
||
LPBYTE lpBits; /* Ptr to DIB bits */
|
||
DWORD dwNumBytes; /* How many bytes? */
|
||
LPBITMAPINFO lpbi; /* Ptr to header */
|
||
LPBYTE lpXOR; /* Ptr to XOR image bits */
|
||
LPBYTE lpAND; /* Ptr to AND image bits */
|
||
HICON hIcon; /* DAS ICON */
|
||
} ICONIMAGE, *LPICONIMAGE;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* This structure is how we represent a block of the above items. We will
|
||
* reallocate these structures according to how many images they need to
|
||
* contain.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
typedef struct {
|
||
int nNumImages; /* How many images? */
|
||
ICONIMAGE IconImages[1]; /* Image entries */
|
||
} BlockOfIconImages, *BlockOfIconImagesPtr;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* These two structures are used to read in icons from an 'icon directory'
|
||
* (i.e. the contents of a .icr file, say). We only use these structures
|
||
* temporarily, since we copy the information we want into a
|
||
* BlockOfIconImages.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
typedef struct {
|
||
BYTE bWidth; /* Width of the image */
|
||
BYTE bHeight; /* Height of the image (times 2) */
|
||
BYTE bColorCount; /* Number of colors in image (0 if >=8bpp) */
|
||
BYTE bReserved; /* Reserved */
|
||
WORD wPlanes; /* Color Planes */
|
||
WORD wBitCount; /* Bits per pixel */
|
||
DWORD dwBytesInRes; /* How many bytes in this resource? */
|
||
DWORD dwImageOffset; /* Where in the file is this image */
|
||
} ICONDIRENTRY, *LPICONDIRENTRY;
|
||
|
||
typedef struct {
|
||
WORD idReserved; /* Reserved */
|
||
WORD idType; /* Resource type (1 for icons) */
|
||
WORD idCount; /* How many images? */
|
||
ICONDIRENTRY idEntries[1]; /* The entries for each image */
|
||
} ICONDIR, *LPICONDIR;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* A pointer to one of these strucutures is associated with each toplevel.
|
||
* This allows us to free up all memory associated with icon resources when a
|
||
* window is deleted or if the window's icon is changed. They are simply
|
||
* reference counted according to:
|
||
*
|
||
* (1) How many WmInfo structures point to this object
|
||
* (2) Whether the ThreadSpecificData defined in this file contains a pointer
|
||
* to this object.
|
||
*
|
||
* The former count is for windows whose icons are individually set, and the
|
||
* latter is for the global default icon choice.
|
||
*
|
||
* Icons loaded from .icr/.icr use the iconBlock field, icons loaded from
|
||
* .exe/.dll use the hIcon field.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
typedef struct WinIconInstance {
|
||
size_t refCount; /* Number of instances that share this data
|
||
* structure. */
|
||
BlockOfIconImagesPtr iconBlock;
|
||
/* Pointer to icon resource data for image */
|
||
} WinIconInstance;
|
||
|
||
typedef struct WinIconInstance *WinIconPtr;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* A data structure of the following type holds window-manager-related
|
||
* information for each top-level window in an application.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
typedef struct TkWmInfo {
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr; /* Pointer to main Tk information for this
|
||
* window. */
|
||
HWND wrapper; /* This is the decorative frame window created
|
||
* by the window manager to wrap a toplevel
|
||
* window. This window is a direct child of
|
||
* the root window. */
|
||
char *title; /* Title to display in window caption. If
|
||
* NULL, use name of widget. Malloced. */
|
||
char *iconName; /* Name to display in icon. Malloced. */
|
||
XWMHints hints; /* Various pieces of information for window
|
||
* manager. */
|
||
char *leaderName; /* Path name of leader of window group
|
||
* (corresponds to hints.window_group).
|
||
* Malloc-ed. Note: this field doesn't get
|
||
* updated if leader is destroyed. */
|
||
TkWindow *containerPtr; /* Container window for TRANSIENT_FOR property,
|
||
* or NULL. */
|
||
Tk_Window icon; /* Window to use as icon for this window, or
|
||
* NULL. */
|
||
Tk_Window iconFor; /* Window for which this window is icon, or
|
||
* NULL if this isn't an icon for anyone. */
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Information used to construct an XSizeHints structure for the window
|
||
* manager:
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
int defMinWidth, defMinHeight, defMaxWidth, defMaxHeight;
|
||
/* Default resize limits given by system. */
|
||
int sizeHintsFlags; /* Flags word for XSizeHints structure. If the
|
||
* PBaseSize flag is set then the window is
|
||
* gridded; otherwise it isn't gridded. */
|
||
int minWidth, minHeight; /* Minimum dimensions of window, in pixels or
|
||
* grid units. */
|
||
int maxWidth, maxHeight; /* Maximum dimensions of window, in pixels or
|
||
* grid units. 0 to default. */
|
||
Tk_Window gridWin; /* Identifies the window that controls
|
||
* gridding for this top-level, or NULL if the
|
||
* top-level isn't currently gridded. */
|
||
int widthInc, heightInc; /* Increments for size changes (# pixels per
|
||
* step). */
|
||
struct {
|
||
int x; /* numerator */
|
||
int y; /* denominator */
|
||
} minAspect, maxAspect; /* Min/max aspect ratios for window. */
|
||
int reqGridWidth, reqGridHeight;
|
||
/* The dimensions of the window (in grid
|
||
* units) requested through the geometry
|
||
* manager. */
|
||
int gravity; /* Desired window gravity. */
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Information used to manage the size and location of a window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
int width, height; /* Desired dimensions of window, specified in
|
||
* pixels or grid units. These values are set
|
||
* by the "wm geometry" command and by
|
||
* ConfigureNotify events (for when wm resizes
|
||
* window). -1 means user hasn't requested
|
||
* dimensions. */
|
||
int x, y; /* Desired X and Y coordinates for window.
|
||
* These values are set by "wm geometry", plus
|
||
* by ConfigureNotify events (when wm moves
|
||
* window). These numbers are different than
|
||
* the numbers stored in winPtr->changes
|
||
* because (a) they could be measured from the
|
||
* right or bottom edge of the screen (see
|
||
* WM_NEGATIVE_X and WM_NEGATIVE_Y flags) and
|
||
* (b) if the window has been reparented then
|
||
* they refer to the parent rather than the
|
||
* window itself. */
|
||
int borderWidth, borderHeight;
|
||
/* Width and height of window dressing, in
|
||
* pixels for the current style/exStyle. This
|
||
* includes the border on both sides of the
|
||
* window. */
|
||
int configX, configY; /* x,y position of toplevel when window is
|
||
* switched into fullscreen state, */
|
||
int configWidth, configHeight;
|
||
/* Dimensions passed to last request that we
|
||
* issued to change geometry of window. Used
|
||
* to eliminate redundant resize operations */
|
||
HMENU hMenu; /* the hMenu associated with this menu */
|
||
DWORD style, exStyle; /* Style flags for the wrapper window. */
|
||
LONG styleConfig; /* Extra user requested style bits */
|
||
LONG exStyleConfig; /* Extra user requested extended style bits */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *crefObj; /* COLORREF object for transparent handling */
|
||
COLORREF colorref; /* COLORREF for transparent handling */
|
||
double alpha; /* Alpha transparency level 0.0 (fully
|
||
* transparent) .. 1.0 (opaque) */
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* List of children of the toplevel which have private colormaps.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
TkWindow **cmapList; /* Array of window with private colormaps. */
|
||
int cmapCount; /* Number of windows in array. */
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Miscellaneous information.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
ProtocolHandler *protPtr; /* First in list of protocol handlers for this
|
||
* window (NULL means none). */
|
||
int cmdArgc; /* Number of elements in cmdArgv below. */
|
||
const char **cmdArgv; /* Array of strings to store in the WM_COMMAND
|
||
* property. NULL means nothing available. */
|
||
char *clientMachine; /* String to store in WM_CLIENT_MACHINE
|
||
* property, or NULL. */
|
||
int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags, defined below. */
|
||
int numTransients; /* Number of transients on this window */
|
||
WinIconPtr iconPtr; /* Pointer to titlebar icon structure for this
|
||
* window, or NULL. */
|
||
struct TkWmInfo *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all top-level windows. */
|
||
} WmInfo;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Flag values for WmInfo structures:
|
||
*
|
||
* WM_NEVER_MAPPED - Non-zero means window has never been mapped;
|
||
* need to update all info when window is first
|
||
* mapped.
|
||
* WM_UPDATE_PENDING - Non-zero means a call to UpdateGeometryInfo
|
||
* has already been scheduled for this window;
|
||
* no need to schedule another one.
|
||
* WM_NEGATIVE_X - Non-zero means x-coordinate is measured in
|
||
* pixels from right edge of screen, rather than
|
||
* from left edge.
|
||
* WM_NEGATIVE_Y - Non-zero means y-coordinate is measured in
|
||
* pixels up from bottom of screen, rather than
|
||
* down from top.
|
||
* WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS - Non-zero means that new size hints need to be
|
||
* propagated to window manager. Not used on Win.
|
||
* WM_SYNC_PENDING - Set to non-zero while waiting for the window
|
||
* manager to respond to some state change.
|
||
* WM_MOVE_PENDING - Non-zero means the application has requested a
|
||
* new position for the window, but it hasn't
|
||
* been reflected through the window manager yet.
|
||
* WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT - Non-zero means the colormap windows were set
|
||
* explicitly via "wm colormapwindows".
|
||
* WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP - Non-zero means that when "wm colormapwindows"
|
||
* was called the top-level itself wasn't
|
||
* specified, so we added it implicitly at the
|
||
* end of the list.
|
||
* WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE - Non-zero means that we're not supposed to
|
||
* allow the user to change the width of the
|
||
* window (controlled by "wm resizable" command).
|
||
* WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE - Non-zero means that we're not supposed to
|
||
* allow the user to change the height of the
|
||
* window (controlled by "wm resizable" command).
|
||
* WM_WITHDRAWN - Non-zero means that this window has explicitly
|
||
* been withdrawn. If it's a transient, it should
|
||
* not mirror state changes in the container.
|
||
* WM_FULLSCREEN - Non-zero means that this window has been placed
|
||
* in the full screen mode. It should be mapped at
|
||
* 0,0 and be the width and height of the screen.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
#define WM_NEVER_MAPPED (1<<0)
|
||
#define WM_UPDATE_PENDING (1<<1)
|
||
#define WM_NEGATIVE_X (1<<2)
|
||
#define WM_NEGATIVE_Y (1<<3)
|
||
#define WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS (1<<4)
|
||
#define WM_SYNC_PENDING (1<<5)
|
||
#define WM_CREATE_PENDING (1<<6)
|
||
#define WM_MOVE_PENDING (1<<7)
|
||
#define WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT (1<<8)
|
||
#define WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP (1<<9)
|
||
#define WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE (1<<10)
|
||
#define WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE (1<<11)
|
||
#define WM_WITHDRAWN (1<<12)
|
||
#define WM_FULLSCREEN (1<<13)
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Window styles for various types of toplevel windows.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
#define WM_OVERRIDE_STYLE (WS_CLIPCHILDREN|WS_CLIPSIBLINGS|CS_DBLCLKS)
|
||
#define EX_OVERRIDE_STYLE (WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW)
|
||
|
||
#define WM_FULLSCREEN_STYLE (WS_POPUP|WM_OVERRIDE_STYLE)
|
||
#define EX_FULLSCREEN_STYLE (WS_EX_APPWINDOW)
|
||
|
||
#define WM_TOPLEVEL_STYLE (WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW|WS_CLIPCHILDREN|CS_DBLCLKS)
|
||
#define EX_TOPLEVEL_STYLE (0)
|
||
|
||
#define WM_TRANSIENT_STYLE \
|
||
(WS_POPUP|WS_CAPTION|WS_SYSMENU|WS_CLIPSIBLINGS|CS_DBLCLKS)
|
||
#define EX_TRANSIENT_STYLE (WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME)
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* The following structure is the official type record for geometry management
|
||
* of top-level windows.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void TopLevelReqProc(void *, Tk_Window);
|
||
static void RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr, HWND parentHWND);
|
||
|
||
static const Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = {
|
||
"wm", /* name */
|
||
TopLevelReqProc, /* requestProc */
|
||
NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
typedef struct {
|
||
HPALETTE systemPalette; /* System palette; refers to the currently
|
||
* installed foreground logical palette. */
|
||
TkWindow *createWindow; /* Window that is being constructed. This
|
||
* value is set immediately before a call to
|
||
* CreateWindowEx, and is used by SetLimits.
|
||
* This is a gross hack needed to work around
|
||
* Windows brain damage where it sends the
|
||
* WM_GETMINMAXINFO message before the
|
||
* WM_CREATE window. */
|
||
int initialized; /* Flag indicating whether thread-specific
|
||
* elements of module have been
|
||
* initialized. */
|
||
int firstWindow; /* Flag, cleared when the first window is
|
||
* mapped in a non-iconic state. */
|
||
WinIconPtr iconPtr; /* IconPtr being used as default for all
|
||
* toplevels, or NULL. */
|
||
} ThreadSpecificData;
|
||
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* The following variables cannot be placed in thread local storage because
|
||
* they must be shared across threads.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int initialized; /* Flag indicating whether module has been
|
||
* initialized. */
|
||
|
||
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(winWmMutex)
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int ActivateWindow(Tcl_Event *evPtr, int flags);
|
||
static void ConfigureTopLevel(WINDOWPOS *pos);
|
||
static void GenerateConfigureNotify(TkWindow *winPtr);
|
||
static void GenerateActivateEvent(TkWindow *winPtr, const int *flagPtr);
|
||
static void GetMaxSize(WmInfo *wmPtr,
|
||
int *maxWidthPtr, int *maxHeightPtr);
|
||
static void GetMinSize(WmInfo *wmPtr,
|
||
int *minWidthPtr, int *minHeightPtr);
|
||
static TkWindow * GetTopLevel(HWND hwnd);
|
||
static void InitWm(void);
|
||
static int InstallColormaps(HWND hwnd, int message,
|
||
int isForemost);
|
||
static void InvalidateSubTree(TkWindow *winPtr, Colormap colormap);
|
||
static void InvalidateSubTreeDepth(TkWindow *winPtr);
|
||
static int ParseGeometry(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *string,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr);
|
||
static void RefreshColormap(Colormap colormap, TkDisplay *dispPtr);
|
||
static void SetLimits(HWND hwnd, MINMAXINFO *info);
|
||
static void TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Display *display, Tcl_HashTable *table);
|
||
static LRESULT CALLBACK TopLevelProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message,
|
||
WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
|
||
static void TopLevelEventProc(ClientData clientData,
|
||
XEvent *eventPtr);
|
||
static void TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin);
|
||
static void UpdateGeometryInfo(ClientData clientData);
|
||
static void UpdateWrapper(TkWindow *winPtr);
|
||
static LRESULT CALLBACK WmProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message,
|
||
WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
|
||
static void WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc(ClientData clientData,
|
||
XEvent *eventPtr);
|
||
static BlockOfIconImagesPtr ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||
Tcl_Obj* fileName, BOOL isIcon);
|
||
static WinIconPtr ReadIconFromFile(Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *fileName);
|
||
static BOOL AdjustIconImagePointers(LPICONIMAGE lpImage);
|
||
static WinIconPtr GetIconFromPixmap(Display *dsPtr, Pixmap pixmap);
|
||
static int ReadICOHeader(Tcl_Channel channel);
|
||
static HICON MakeIconOrCursorFromResource(LPICONIMAGE lpIcon,
|
||
BOOL isIcon);
|
||
static HICON GetIcon(WinIconPtr titlebaricon, int icon_size);
|
||
static int WinSetIcon(Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||
WinIconPtr titlebaricon, Tk_Window tkw);
|
||
static void FreeIconBlock(BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR);
|
||
static void DecrIconRefCount(WinIconPtr titlebaricon);
|
||
|
||
static int WmAspectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmAttributesCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmClientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmColormapwindowsCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmCommandCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmDeiconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmFocusmodelCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmForgetCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmFrameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmGeometryCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmGridCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmGroupCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmIconbitmapCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmIconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmIconmaskCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmIconnameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmIconphotoCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmIconpositionCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmIconwindowCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmManageCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmMaxsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmMinsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmOverrideredirectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmPositionfromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmProtocolCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmResizableCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmSizefromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmStackorderCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmStateCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmTitleCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmTransientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static int WmWithdrawCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
|
||
static void WmUpdateGeom(WmInfo *wmPtr, TkWindow *winPtr);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Used in BytesPerLine
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
#define WIDTHBYTES(bits) ((((bits) + 31)>>5)<<2)
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* DIBNumColors --
|
||
*
|
||
* Calculates the number of entries in the color table, given by LPSTR
|
||
* lpbi - pointer to the CF_DIB memory block. Used by titlebar icon code.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* WORD - Number of entries in the color table.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static WORD
|
||
DIBNumColors(
|
||
LPSTR lpbi)
|
||
{
|
||
WORD wBitCount;
|
||
DWORD dwClrUsed;
|
||
|
||
dwClrUsed = ((LPBITMAPINFOHEADER) lpbi)->biClrUsed;
|
||
|
||
if (dwClrUsed) {
|
||
return (WORD) dwClrUsed;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
wBitCount = ((LPBITMAPINFOHEADER) lpbi)->biBitCount;
|
||
|
||
switch (wBitCount) {
|
||
case 1:
|
||
return 2;
|
||
case 4:
|
||
return 16;
|
||
case 8:
|
||
return 256;
|
||
default:
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* PaletteSize --
|
||
*
|
||
* Calculates the number of bytes in the color table, as given by LPSTR
|
||
* lpbi - pointer to the CF_DIB memory block. Used by titlebar icon code.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* Number of bytes in the color table
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
static WORD
|
||
PaletteSize(
|
||
LPSTR lpbi)
|
||
{
|
||
return (WORD) (DIBNumColors(lpbi) * sizeof(RGBQUAD));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* FindDIBits --
|
||
*
|
||
* Locate the image bits in a CF_DIB format DIB, as given by LPSTR lpbi -
|
||
* pointer to the CF_DIB memory block. Used by titlebar icon code.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* pointer to the image bits
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects: None
|
||
*
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static LPSTR
|
||
FindDIBBits(
|
||
LPSTR lpbi)
|
||
{
|
||
return lpbi + *((LPDWORD) lpbi) + PaletteSize(lpbi);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* BytesPerLine --
|
||
*
|
||
* Calculates the number of bytes in one scan line, as given by
|
||
* LPBITMAPINFOHEADER lpBMIH - pointer to the BITMAPINFOHEADER that
|
||
* begins the CF_DIB block. Used by titlebar icon code.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* number of bytes in one scan line (DWORD aligned)
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static DWORD
|
||
BytesPerLine(
|
||
LPBITMAPINFOHEADER lpBMIH)
|
||
{
|
||
return WIDTHBYTES(lpBMIH->biWidth * lpBMIH->biPlanes * lpBMIH->biBitCount);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* AdjustIconImagePointers --
|
||
*
|
||
* Adjusts internal pointers in icon resource struct, as given by
|
||
* LPICONIMAGE lpImage - the resource to handle. Used by titlebar icon
|
||
* code.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* BOOL - TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static BOOL
|
||
AdjustIconImagePointers(
|
||
LPICONIMAGE lpImage)
|
||
{
|
||
/*
|
||
* Sanity check.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (lpImage == NULL) {
|
||
return FALSE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* BITMAPINFO is at beginning of bits.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
lpImage->lpbi = (LPBITMAPINFO) lpImage->lpBits;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Width - simple enough.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
lpImage->Width = lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biWidth;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Icons are stored in funky format where height is doubled so account for
|
||
* that.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
lpImage->Height = (lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biHeight)/2;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* How many colors?
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
lpImage->Colors = lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biPlanes
|
||
* lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biBitCount;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* XOR bits follow the header and color table.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
lpImage->lpXOR = (LPBYTE) FindDIBBits((LPSTR) lpImage->lpbi);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* AND bits follow the XOR bits.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
lpImage->lpAND = lpImage->lpXOR +
|
||
lpImage->Height*BytesPerLine((LPBITMAPINFOHEADER) lpImage->lpbi);
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* MakeIconOrCursorFromResource --
|
||
*
|
||
* Construct an actual HICON structure from the information in a
|
||
* resource.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* Icon
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static HICON
|
||
MakeIconOrCursorFromResource(
|
||
LPICONIMAGE lpIcon,
|
||
BOOL isIcon)
|
||
{
|
||
HICON hIcon;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Sanity Check
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (lpIcon == NULL || lpIcon->lpBits == NULL) {
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Let the OS do the real work :)
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
hIcon = (HICON) CreateIconFromResourceEx(lpIcon->lpBits,
|
||
lpIcon->dwNumBytes, isIcon, 0x00030000,
|
||
(*(LPBITMAPINFOHEADER) lpIcon->lpBits).biWidth,
|
||
(*(LPBITMAPINFOHEADER) lpIcon->lpBits).biHeight/2, 0);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* It failed, odds are good we're on NT so try the non-Ex way.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (hIcon == NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* We would break on NT if we try with a 16bpp image.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (lpIcon->lpbi->bmiHeader.biBitCount != 16) {
|
||
hIcon = CreateIconFromResource(lpIcon->lpBits, lpIcon->dwNumBytes,
|
||
isIcon, 0x00030000);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return hIcon;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* ReadICOHeader --
|
||
*
|
||
* Reads the header from an ICO file, as specfied by channel.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* UINT - Number of images in file, -1 for failure. If this succeeds,
|
||
* there is a decent chance this is a valid icon file.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
ReadICOHeader(
|
||
Tcl_Channel channel)
|
||
{
|
||
union {
|
||
WORD word;
|
||
char bytes[sizeof(WORD)];
|
||
} input;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Read the 'reserved' WORD, which should be a zero word.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (Tcl_Read(channel, input.bytes, sizeof(WORD)) != sizeof(WORD)) {
|
||
return -1;
|
||
}
|
||
if (input.word != 0) {
|
||
return -1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Read the type WORD, which should be of type 1.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (Tcl_Read(channel, input.bytes, sizeof(WORD)) != sizeof(WORD)) {
|
||
return -1;
|
||
}
|
||
if (input.word != 1) {
|
||
return -1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Get and return the count of images.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (Tcl_Read(channel, input.bytes, sizeof(WORD)) != sizeof(WORD)) {
|
||
return -1;
|
||
}
|
||
return (int) input.word;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* InitWindowClass --
|
||
*
|
||
* This routine creates the Wm toplevel decorative frame class.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Registers a new window class.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
InitWindowClass(
|
||
WinIconPtr titlebaricon)
|
||
{
|
||
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
|
||
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
|
||
|
||
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
|
||
tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
|
||
tsdPtr->firstWindow = 1;
|
||
tsdPtr->iconPtr = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
if (!initialized) {
|
||
Tcl_MutexLock(&winWmMutex);
|
||
if (!initialized) {
|
||
WNDCLASSW windowClass;
|
||
|
||
initialized = 1;
|
||
|
||
ZeroMemory(&windowClass, sizeof(WNDCLASSW));
|
||
|
||
windowClass.style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW;
|
||
windowClass.hInstance = Tk_GetHINSTANCE();
|
||
windowClass.lpszClassName = TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME;
|
||
windowClass.lpfnWndProc = WmProc;
|
||
if (titlebaricon == NULL) {
|
||
windowClass.hIcon = LoadIconW(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), L"tk");
|
||
} else {
|
||
windowClass.hIcon = GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG);
|
||
if (windowClass.hIcon == NULL) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Store pointer to default icon so we know when we need to
|
||
* free that information
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
tsdPtr->iconPtr = titlebaricon;
|
||
}
|
||
windowClass.hCursor = LoadCursorW(NULL, (LPCWSTR)IDC_ARROW);
|
||
|
||
if (!RegisterClassW(&windowClass)) {
|
||
Tcl_Panic("Unable to register TkTopLevel class");
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&winWmMutex);
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* InitWm --
|
||
*
|
||
* This initialises the window manager
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Registers a new window class.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
InitWm(void)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Ignore return result */
|
||
(void) InitWindowClass(NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WinSetIcon --
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets either the default toplevel titlebar icon, or the icon for a
|
||
* specific toplevel (if tkw is given, then only that window is used).
|
||
*
|
||
* The ref-count of the titlebaricon is NOT changed. If this function
|
||
* returns successfully, the caller should assume the icon was used (and
|
||
* therefore the ref-count should be adjusted to reflect that fact). If
|
||
* the function returned an error, the caller should assume the icon was
|
||
* not used (and may wish to free the memory associated with it).
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl return code.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* One or all windows may have their icon changed. The Tcl result may be
|
||
* modified. The window-manager will be initialised if it wasn't already.
|
||
* The given window will be forced into existence.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WinSetIcon(
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||
WinIconPtr titlebaricon,
|
||
Tk_Window tkw)
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr;
|
||
HWND hwnd;
|
||
int application = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (tkw == NULL) {
|
||
tkw = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
|
||
application = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!(Tk_IsTopLevel(tkw))) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"window \"%s\" isn't a top-level window", Tk_PathName(tkw)));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "TOPLEVEL", Tk_PathName(tkw),
|
||
NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (Tk_WindowId(tkw) == None) {
|
||
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkw);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* We must get the window's wrapper, not the window itself.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkw)->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
hwnd = wmPtr->wrapper;
|
||
|
||
if (application) {
|
||
if (hwnd == NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* I don't actually think this is ever the correct thing, unless
|
||
* perhaps the window doesn't have a wrapper. But I believe all
|
||
* windows have wrappers.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkw));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If we aren't initialised, then just initialise with the user's
|
||
* icon. Otherwise our icon choice will be ignored moments later when
|
||
* Tk finishes initialising.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!initialized) {
|
||
if (InitWindowClass(titlebaricon) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"Unable to set icon", -1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICON", "FAILED", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Don't check return result of SetClassLong() or
|
||
* SetClassLongPtrW() since they return the previously set value
|
||
* which is zero on the initial call or in an error case. The MSDN
|
||
* documentation does not indicate that the result needs to be
|
||
* checked.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
SetClassLongPtrW(hwnd, GCLP_HICONSM,
|
||
(LPARAM) GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_SMALL));
|
||
SetClassLongPtrW(hwnd, GCLP_HICON,
|
||
(LPARAM) GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG));
|
||
tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
|
||
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
|
||
if (tsdPtr->iconPtr != NULL) {
|
||
DecrIconRefCount(tsdPtr->iconPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
tsdPtr->iconPtr = titlebaricon;
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (!initialized) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Need to initialise the wm otherwise we will fail on code which
|
||
* tries to set a toplevel's icon before that happens. Ignore
|
||
* return result.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
(void) InitWindowClass(NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* The following code is exercised if you do
|
||
*
|
||
* toplevel .t ; wm titlebaricon .t foo.icr
|
||
*
|
||
* i.e. the wm hasn't had time to properly create the '.t' window
|
||
* before you set the icon.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (hwnd == NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* This little snippet is copied from the 'Map' function, and
|
||
* should probably be placed in one proper location.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
UpdateWrapper(wmPtr->winPtr);
|
||
wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkw)->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
hwnd = wmPtr->wrapper;
|
||
if (hwnd == NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"Can't set icon; window has no wrapper.", -1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICON", "WRAPPER", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
SendMessageW(hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_SMALL,
|
||
(LPARAM) GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_SMALL));
|
||
SendMessageW(hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_BIG,
|
||
(LPARAM) GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG));
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Update the iconPtr we keep for each WmInfo structure.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconPtr != NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Free any old icon ptr which is associated with this window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
DecrIconRefCount(wmPtr->iconPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* We do not need to increment the ref count for the titlebaricon,
|
||
* because it was already incremented when we retrieved it.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->iconPtr = titlebaricon;
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWinGetIcon --
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets either the default toplevel titlebar icon, or the icon for a
|
||
* specific toplevel (ICON_SMALL or ICON_BIG).
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A Windows HICON.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* The given window will be forced into existence.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
HICON
|
||
TkWinGetIcon(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin,
|
||
DWORD iconsize)
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr;
|
||
HICON icon;
|
||
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
|
||
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
|
||
|
||
if (tsdPtr->iconPtr != NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* return default toplevel icon
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
return GetIcon(tsdPtr->iconPtr, (int) iconsize);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Ensure we operate on the toplevel, that has the icon refs.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
while (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin)) {
|
||
tkwin = Tk_Parent(tkwin);
|
||
if (tkwin == NULL) {
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (Tk_WindowId(tkwin) == None) {
|
||
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconPtr != NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* return window toplevel icon
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
return GetIcon(wmPtr->iconPtr, (int) iconsize);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Find the icon otherwise associated with the toplevel, or finally with
|
||
* the window class.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
icon = (HICON) SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, WM_GETICON, iconsize,
|
||
(LPARAM) NULL);
|
||
if (icon == (HICON) NULL) {
|
||
icon = (HICON) GetClassLongPtrW(wmPtr->wrapper,
|
||
(iconsize == ICON_BIG) ? GCLP_HICON : GCLP_HICONSM);
|
||
}
|
||
return icon;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* ReadIconFromFile --
|
||
*
|
||
* Read the contents of a file (usually .ico, .icr) and extract an icon
|
||
* resource, if possible, otherwise check if the shell has an icon
|
||
* assigned to the given file and use that. If both of those fail, then
|
||
* NULL is returned, and an error message will already be in the
|
||
* interpreter.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A WinIconPtr structure containing the icons in the file, with its ref
|
||
* count already incremented. The calling function should either place
|
||
* this structure inside a WmInfo structure, or it should pass it on to
|
||
* DecrIconRefCount() to ensure no memory leaks occur.
|
||
*
|
||
* If the given fileName did not contain a valid icon structure,
|
||
* return NULL.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Memory is allocated for the returned structure and the icons it
|
||
* contains. If the structure is not wanted, it should be passed to
|
||
* DecrIconRefCount, and in any case a valid ref count should be ensured
|
||
* to avoid memory leaks.
|
||
*
|
||
* Currently icon resources are not shared, so the ref count of one of
|
||
* these structures will always be 0 or 1. However all we need do is
|
||
* implement some sort of lookup function between filenames and
|
||
* WinIconPtr structures and no other code will need to be changed. The
|
||
* pseudo-code for this is implemented below in the 'if (0)' branch. It
|
||
* did not seem necessary to implement this optimisation here, since
|
||
* moving to icon<->image conversions will probably make it obsolete.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static WinIconPtr
|
||
ReadIconFromFile(
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *fileName)
|
||
{
|
||
WinIconPtr titlebaricon = NULL;
|
||
BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
|
||
|
||
#if 0 /* TODO: Dead code? */
|
||
if (0 /* If we already have an icon for this filename */) {
|
||
titlebaricon = NULL; /* Get the real value from a lookup */
|
||
titlebaricon->refCount++;
|
||
return titlebaricon;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* First check if it is a .ico file.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
lpIR = ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(interp, fileName, TRUE);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Then see if we can ask the shell for the icon for this file. We
|
||
* want both the regular and small icons so that the Alt-Tab (task-
|
||
* switching) display uses the right icon.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (lpIR == NULL) {
|
||
SHFILEINFOW sfiSM;
|
||
Tcl_DString ds, ds2;
|
||
DWORD *res;
|
||
const char *file;
|
||
|
||
file = Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, Tcl_GetString(fileName), &ds);
|
||
if (file == NULL) {
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds2);
|
||
res = (DWORD *)SHGetFileInfoW(Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(file, -1, &ds2), 0, &sfiSM,
|
||
sizeof(SHFILEINFO), SHGFI_SMALLICON|SHGFI_ICON);
|
||
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
|
||
|
||
if (res != 0) {
|
||
SHFILEINFOW sfi;
|
||
unsigned size;
|
||
|
||
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
||
res = (DWORD *)SHGetFileInfoW((WCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds2), 0, &sfi,
|
||
sizeof(SHFILEINFO), SHGFI_ICON);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Account for extra icon, if necessary.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
size = sizeof(BlockOfIconImages)
|
||
+ ((res != 0) ? sizeof(ICONIMAGE) : 0);
|
||
lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr)ckalloc(size);
|
||
if (lpIR == NULL) {
|
||
if (res != 0) {
|
||
DestroyIcon(sfi.hIcon);
|
||
}
|
||
DestroyIcon(sfiSM.hIcon);
|
||
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds2);
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
ZeroMemory(lpIR, size);
|
||
|
||
lpIR->nNumImages = ((res != 0) ? 2 : 1);
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[0].Width = 16;
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[0].Height = 16;
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[0].Colors = 4;
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon = sfiSM.hIcon;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* All other IconImages fields are ignored.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (res != 0) {
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[1].Width = 32;
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[1].Height = 32;
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[1].Colors = 4;
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[1].hIcon = sfi.hIcon;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds2);
|
||
}
|
||
if (lpIR != NULL) {
|
||
titlebaricon = (WinIconPtr)ckalloc(sizeof(WinIconInstance));
|
||
titlebaricon->iconBlock = lpIR;
|
||
titlebaricon->refCount = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
return titlebaricon;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* GetIconFromPixmap --
|
||
*
|
||
* Turn a Tk Pixmap (i.e. a bitmap) into an icon resource, if possible,
|
||
* otherwise NULL is returned.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A WinIconPtr structure containing a conversion of the given bitmap
|
||
* into an icon, with its ref count already incremented. The calling
|
||
* function should either place this structure inside a WmInfo structure,
|
||
* or it should pass it on to DecrIconRefCount() to ensure no memory
|
||
* leaks occur.
|
||
*
|
||
* If the given pixmap did not contain a valid icon structure, return
|
||
* NULL.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Memory is allocated for the returned structure and the icons it
|
||
* contains. If the structure is not wanted, it should be passed to
|
||
* DecrIconRefCount, and in any case a valid ref count should be ensured
|
||
* to avoid memory leaks.
|
||
*
|
||
* Currently icon resources are not shared, so the ref count of one of
|
||
* these structures will always be 0 or 1. However all we need do is
|
||
* implement some sort of lookup function between pixmaps and WinIconPtr
|
||
* structures and no other code will need to be changed.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static WinIconPtr
|
||
GetIconFromPixmap(
|
||
Display *dsPtr,
|
||
Pixmap pixmap)
|
||
{
|
||
WinIconPtr titlebaricon = NULL;
|
||
TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) pixmap;
|
||
BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
|
||
ICONINFO icon;
|
||
HICON hIcon;
|
||
int width, height;
|
||
|
||
if (twdPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#if 0 /* TODO: Dead code?*/
|
||
if (0 /* If we already have an icon for this pixmap */) {
|
||
titlebaricon = NULL; /* Get the real value from a lookup */
|
||
titlebaricon->refCount++;
|
||
return titlebaricon;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(dsPtr, pixmap, &width, &height);
|
||
|
||
icon.fIcon = TRUE;
|
||
icon.xHotspot = 0;
|
||
icon.yHotspot = 0;
|
||
icon.hbmMask = twdPtr->bitmap.handle;
|
||
icon.hbmColor = twdPtr->bitmap.handle;
|
||
|
||
hIcon = CreateIconIndirect(&icon);
|
||
if (hIcon == NULL) {
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr)ckalloc(sizeof(BlockOfIconImages));
|
||
if (lpIR == NULL) {
|
||
DestroyIcon(hIcon);
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
lpIR->nNumImages = 1;
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[0].Width = width;
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[0].Height = height;
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[0].Colors = 1 << twdPtr->bitmap.depth;
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon = hIcon;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* These fields are ignored.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[0].lpBits = 0;
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[0].dwNumBytes = 0;
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[0].lpXOR = 0;
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[0].lpAND = 0;
|
||
|
||
titlebaricon = (WinIconPtr)ckalloc(sizeof(WinIconInstance));
|
||
titlebaricon->iconBlock = lpIR;
|
||
titlebaricon->refCount = 1;
|
||
return titlebaricon;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* DecrIconRefCount --
|
||
*
|
||
* Reduces the reference count.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* If the ref count falls to zero, free the memory associated with the
|
||
* icon resource structures. In this case the pointer passed into this
|
||
* function is no longer valid.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
DecrIconRefCount(
|
||
WinIconPtr titlebaricon)
|
||
{
|
||
if (titlebaricon->refCount-- <= 1) {
|
||
if (titlebaricon->iconBlock != NULL) {
|
||
FreeIconBlock(titlebaricon->iconBlock);
|
||
}
|
||
titlebaricon->iconBlock = NULL;
|
||
|
||
ckfree(titlebaricon);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* FreeIconBlock --
|
||
*
|
||
* Frees all memory associated with a previously loaded titlebaricon.
|
||
* The icon block pointer is no longer valid once this function returns.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
*
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
FreeIconBlock(
|
||
BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR)
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Free all the bits.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
for (i=0 ; i<lpIR->nNumImages ; i++) {
|
||
if (lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits);
|
||
}
|
||
if (lpIR->IconImages[i].hIcon != NULL) {
|
||
DestroyIcon(lpIR->IconImages[i].hIcon);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
ckfree(lpIR);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* GetIcon --
|
||
*
|
||
* Extracts an icon of a given size from an icon resource
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* Returns the icon, if found, else NULL.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static HICON
|
||
GetIcon(
|
||
WinIconPtr titlebaricon,
|
||
int icon_size)
|
||
{
|
||
BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
|
||
unsigned int size = (icon_size == 0 ? 16 : 32);
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
if (titlebaricon == NULL) {
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
lpIR = titlebaricon->iconBlock;
|
||
if (lpIR == NULL) {
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
for (i=0 ; i<lpIR->nNumImages ; i++) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Take the first or a 32x32 16 color icon
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if ((lpIR->IconImages[i].Height == size)
|
||
&& (lpIR->IconImages[i].Width == size)
|
||
&& (lpIR->IconImages[i].Colors >= 4)) {
|
||
return lpIR->IconImages[i].hIcon;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If we get here, then just return the first one, it will have to do!
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (lpIR->nNumImages >= 1) {
|
||
return lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon;
|
||
}
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#if 0 /* UNUSED */
|
||
static HCURSOR
|
||
TclWinReadCursorFromFile(
|
||
Tcl_Interp* interp,
|
||
Tcl_Obj* fileName)
|
||
{
|
||
BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
|
||
HICON res = NULL;
|
||
|
||
lpIR = ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(interp, fileName, FALSE);
|
||
if (lpIR == NULL) {
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
if (lpIR->nNumImages >= 1) {
|
||
res = CopyImage(lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon, IMAGE_CURSOR, 0, 0, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
FreeIconBlock(lpIR);
|
||
return res;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* ReadIconOrCursorFromFile --
|
||
*
|
||
* Reads an Icon Resource from an ICO file, as given by char* fileName -
|
||
* Name of the ICO file. This name should be in Utf format.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* Returns an icon resource, if found, else NULL.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* May leave error messages in the Tcl interpreter.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static BlockOfIconImagesPtr
|
||
ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
||
Tcl_Obj *fileName,
|
||
BOOL isIcon)
|
||
{
|
||
BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
|
||
Tcl_Channel channel;
|
||
int i;
|
||
DWORD dwBytesRead;
|
||
LPICONDIRENTRY lpIDE;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Open the file.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
channel = Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel(interp, fileName, "r", 0);
|
||
if (channel == NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"error opening file \"%s\" for reading: %s",
|
||
Tcl_GetString(fileName), Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, channel, "-translation", "binary")
|
||
!= TCL_OK) {
|
||
Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, channel, "-encoding", "binary")
|
||
!= TCL_OK) {
|
||
Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Allocate memory for the resource structure
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr)ckalloc(sizeof(BlockOfIconImages));
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Read in the header
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
lpIR->nNumImages = ReadICOHeader(channel);
|
||
if (lpIR->nNumImages == -1) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("Invalid file header", -1));
|
||
Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
|
||
ckfree(lpIR);
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Adjust the size of the struct to account for the images.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr)ckrealloc(lpIR, sizeof(BlockOfIconImages)
|
||
+ (lpIR->nNumImages - 1) * sizeof(ICONIMAGE));
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Allocate enough memory for the icon directory entries.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
lpIDE = (LPICONDIRENTRY)ckalloc(lpIR->nNumImages * sizeof(ICONDIRENTRY));
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Read in the icon directory entries.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
dwBytesRead = Tcl_Read(channel, (char *) lpIDE,
|
||
(int) (lpIR->nNumImages * sizeof(ICONDIRENTRY)));
|
||
if (dwBytesRead != lpIR->nNumImages * sizeof(ICONDIRENTRY)) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"error reading file: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICON", "READ", NULL);
|
||
Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
|
||
ckfree(lpIDE);
|
||
ckfree(lpIR);
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* NULL-out everything to make memory management easier.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < lpIR->nNumImages; i++) {
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Loop through and read in each image.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
for (i=0 ; i<lpIR->nNumImages ; i++) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Allocate memory for the resource.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits = (LPBYTE)ckalloc(lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes);
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[i].dwNumBytes = lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Seek to beginning of this image.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (Tcl_Seek(channel, lpIDE[i].dwImageOffset, FILE_BEGIN) == -1) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"error seeking in file: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
|
||
goto readError;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Read it in.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
dwBytesRead = Tcl_Read(channel, (char *)lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits,
|
||
(int) lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes);
|
||
if (dwBytesRead != lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"error reading file: %s", Tcl_PosixError(interp)));
|
||
goto readError;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Set the internal pointers appropriately.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!AdjustIconImagePointers(&lpIR->IconImages[i])) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"Error converting to internal format", -1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICON", "FORMAT", NULL);
|
||
goto readError;
|
||
}
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[i].hIcon =
|
||
MakeIconOrCursorFromResource(&lpIR->IconImages[i], isIcon);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Clean up
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
ckfree(lpIDE);
|
||
Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
|
||
return lpIR;
|
||
|
||
readError:
|
||
Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
|
||
for (i = 0; i < lpIR->nNumImages; i++) {
|
||
if (lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
ckfree(lpIDE);
|
||
ckfree(lpIR);
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* GetTopLevel --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function retrieves the TkWindow associated with the given HWND.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* Returns the matching TkWindow.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static TkWindow *
|
||
GetTopLevel(
|
||
HWND hwnd)
|
||
{
|
||
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
|
||
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If this function is called before the CreateWindowEx call has
|
||
* completed, then the user data slot will not have been set yet, so we
|
||
* use the global createWindow variable.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (tsdPtr->createWindow) {
|
||
return tsdPtr->createWindow;
|
||
}
|
||
return (TkWindow *) GetWindowLongPtrW(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* SetLimits --
|
||
*
|
||
* Updates the minimum and maximum window size constraints.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Changes the values of the info pointer to reflect the current minimum
|
||
* and maximum size values.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
SetLimits(
|
||
HWND hwnd,
|
||
MINMAXINFO *info)
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr;
|
||
int maxWidth, maxHeight;
|
||
int minWidth, minHeight;
|
||
int base;
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Copy latest constraint info.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->defMinWidth = info->ptMinTrackSize.x;
|
||
wmPtr->defMinHeight = info->ptMinTrackSize.y;
|
||
wmPtr->defMaxWidth = info->ptMaxTrackSize.x;
|
||
wmPtr->defMaxHeight = info->ptMaxTrackSize.y;
|
||
|
||
GetMaxSize(wmPtr, &maxWidth, &maxHeight);
|
||
GetMinSize(wmPtr, &minWidth, &minHeight);
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
||
base = winPtr->reqWidth - (wmPtr->reqGridWidth * wmPtr->widthInc);
|
||
if (base < 0) {
|
||
base = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
base += wmPtr->borderWidth;
|
||
info->ptMinTrackSize.x = base + (minWidth * wmPtr->widthInc);
|
||
info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = base + (maxWidth * wmPtr->widthInc);
|
||
|
||
base = winPtr->reqHeight - (wmPtr->reqGridHeight * wmPtr->heightInc);
|
||
if (base < 0) {
|
||
base = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
base += wmPtr->borderHeight;
|
||
info->ptMinTrackSize.y = base + (minHeight * wmPtr->heightInc);
|
||
info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = base + (maxHeight * wmPtr->heightInc);
|
||
} else {
|
||
info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = maxWidth + wmPtr->borderWidth;
|
||
info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = maxHeight + wmPtr->borderHeight;
|
||
info->ptMinTrackSize.x = minWidth + wmPtr->borderWidth;
|
||
info->ptMinTrackSize.y = minHeight + wmPtr->borderHeight;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If the window isn't supposed to be resizable, then set the minimum and
|
||
* maximum dimensions to be the same as the current size.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING)) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) {
|
||
info->ptMinTrackSize.x = winPtr->changes.width
|
||
+ wmPtr->borderWidth;
|
||
info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = info->ptMinTrackSize.x;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE) {
|
||
info->ptMinTrackSize.y = winPtr->changes.height
|
||
+ wmPtr->borderHeight;
|
||
info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = info->ptMinTrackSize.y;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWinWmCleanup --
|
||
*
|
||
* Unregisters classes registered by the window manager. This is called
|
||
* from the DLL main entry point when the DLL is unloaded.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* The window classes are discarded.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkWinWmCleanup(
|
||
HINSTANCE hInstance)
|
||
{
|
||
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If we're using stubs to access the Tcl library, and they haven't been
|
||
* initialized, we can't call Tcl_GetThreadData.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
#ifdef USE_TCL_STUBS
|
||
if (tclStubsPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if (!initialized) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
initialized = 0;
|
||
|
||
tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
|
||
|
||
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
|
||
|
||
UnregisterClassW(TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME, hInstance);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmNewWindow --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked whenever a new top-level window is created.
|
||
* Its job is to initialize the WmInfo structure for the window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* A WmInfo structure gets allocated and initialized.
|
||
*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkWmNewWindow(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Newly-created top-level window. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = (WmInfo *)ckalloc(sizeof(WmInfo));
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Initialize full structure, then set what isn't NULL
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
ZeroMemory(wmPtr, sizeof(WmInfo));
|
||
winPtr->wmInfoPtr = wmPtr;
|
||
wmPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.flags = InputHint | StateHint;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.input = True;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = NormalState;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = None;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.icon_window = None;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.icon_x = wmPtr->hints.icon_y = 0;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.icon_mask = None;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.window_group = None;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Default the maximum dimensions to the size of the display.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->defMinWidth = wmPtr->defMinHeight = 0;
|
||
wmPtr->defMaxWidth = DisplayWidth(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
|
||
wmPtr->defMaxHeight = DisplayHeight(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
|
||
wmPtr->minWidth = wmPtr->minHeight = 1;
|
||
wmPtr->maxWidth = wmPtr->maxHeight = 0;
|
||
wmPtr->widthInc = wmPtr->heightInc = 1;
|
||
wmPtr->minAspect.x = wmPtr->minAspect.y = 1;
|
||
wmPtr->maxAspect.x = wmPtr->maxAspect.y = 1;
|
||
wmPtr->reqGridWidth = wmPtr->reqGridHeight = -1;
|
||
wmPtr->gravity = NorthWestGravity;
|
||
wmPtr->width = -1;
|
||
wmPtr->height = -1;
|
||
wmPtr->x = winPtr->changes.x;
|
||
wmPtr->y = winPtr->changes.y;
|
||
wmPtr->crefObj = NULL;
|
||
wmPtr->colorref = (COLORREF) 0;
|
||
wmPtr->alpha = 1.0;
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->configWidth = -1;
|
||
wmPtr->configHeight = -1;
|
||
wmPtr->flags = WM_NEVER_MAPPED;
|
||
wmPtr->nextPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr;
|
||
winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr = wmPtr;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Tk must monitor structure events for top-level windows, in order to
|
||
* detect size and position changes caused by window managers.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) winPtr, StructureNotifyMask,
|
||
TopLevelEventProc, winPtr);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Arrange for geometry requests to be reflected from the window to the
|
||
* window manager.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
Tk_ManageGeometry((Tk_Window) winPtr, &wmMgrType, NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* UpdateWrapper --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function creates the wrapper window that contains the window
|
||
* decorations and menus for a toplevel. This function may be called
|
||
* after a window is mapped to change the window style.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Destroys any old wrapper window and replaces it with a newly created
|
||
* wrapper.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
UpdateWrapper(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window to redecorate. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
HWND parentHWND, oldWrapper = wmPtr->wrapper;
|
||
HWND child, nextHWND, focusHWND;
|
||
int x, y, width, height, state;
|
||
WINDOWPLACEMENT place;
|
||
HICON hSmallIcon = NULL;
|
||
HICON hBigIcon = NULL;
|
||
Tcl_DString titleString;
|
||
int *childStateInfo = NULL;
|
||
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
|
||
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->window == None) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Ensure existence of the window to update the wrapper for.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
child = TkWinGetHWND(winPtr->window);
|
||
parentHWND = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* nextHWND will help us maintain Z order. focusHWND will help us maintain
|
||
* focus, if we had it.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
nextHWND = NULL;
|
||
focusHWND = GetFocus();
|
||
if ((oldWrapper == NULL) || (oldWrapper != GetForegroundWindow())) {
|
||
focusHWND = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
|
||
wmPtr->wrapper = (HWND) winPtr->privatePtr;
|
||
if (wmPtr->wrapper == NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_Panic("UpdateWrapper: Cannot find container window");
|
||
}
|
||
if (!IsWindow(wmPtr->wrapper)) {
|
||
Tcl_Panic("UpdateWrapper: Container was destroyed");
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Pick the decorative frame style. Override redirect windows get
|
||
* created as undecorated popups if they have no transient parent,
|
||
* otherwise they are children. This allows splash screens to operate
|
||
* as an independent window, while having dropdowns (like for a
|
||
* combobox) not grab focus away from their parent. Transient windows
|
||
* get a modal dialog frame. Neither override, nor transient windows
|
||
* appear in the Windows taskbar. Note that a transient window does
|
||
* not resize by default, so we need to explicitly add the
|
||
* WS_THICKFRAME style if we want it to be resizeable.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->atts.override_redirect) {
|
||
wmPtr->style = WM_OVERRIDE_STYLE;
|
||
wmPtr->exStyle = EX_OVERRIDE_STYLE;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Parent must be desktop even if we have a transient parent.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
parentHWND = GetDesktopWindow();
|
||
if (wmPtr->containerPtr) {
|
||
wmPtr->style |= WS_CHILD;
|
||
} else {
|
||
wmPtr->style |= WS_POPUP;
|
||
}
|
||
} else if (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) {
|
||
wmPtr->style = WM_FULLSCREEN_STYLE;
|
||
wmPtr->exStyle = EX_FULLSCREEN_STYLE;
|
||
} else if (wmPtr->containerPtr) {
|
||
wmPtr->style = WM_TRANSIENT_STYLE;
|
||
wmPtr->exStyle = EX_TRANSIENT_STYLE;
|
||
parentHWND = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(wmPtr->containerPtr));
|
||
if (! ((wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE)
|
||
&& (wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE))) {
|
||
wmPtr->style |= WS_THICKFRAME;
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
wmPtr->style = WM_TOPLEVEL_STYLE;
|
||
wmPtr->exStyle = EX_TOPLEVEL_STYLE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->style |= wmPtr->styleConfig;
|
||
wmPtr->exStyle |= wmPtr->exStyleConfig;
|
||
|
||
if ((wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE)
|
||
&& (wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE)) {
|
||
wmPtr->style &= ~ (WS_MAXIMIZEBOX | WS_SIZEBOX);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Compute the geometry of the parent and child windows.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_CREATE_PENDING|WM_MOVE_PENDING;
|
||
UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr);
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_CREATE_PENDING|WM_MOVE_PENDING);
|
||
|
||
width = wmPtr->borderWidth + winPtr->changes.width;
|
||
height = wmPtr->borderHeight + winPtr->changes.height;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Set the initial position from the user or program specified
|
||
* location. If nothing has been specified, then let the system pick a
|
||
* location. In full screen mode the x,y origin is 0,0 and the window
|
||
* width and height match that of the screen.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) {
|
||
x = 0;
|
||
y = 0;
|
||
width = WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr));
|
||
height = HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr));
|
||
} else if (!(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition | PPosition))
|
||
&& (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
x = CW_USEDEFAULT;
|
||
y = CW_USEDEFAULT;
|
||
} else {
|
||
x = winPtr->changes.x;
|
||
y = winPtr->changes.y;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Create the containing window, and set the user data to point to the
|
||
* TkWindow.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
tsdPtr->createWindow = winPtr;
|
||
Tcl_DStringInit(&titleString);
|
||
Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(((wmPtr->title != NULL) ?
|
||
wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid), -1, &titleString);
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->wrapper = CreateWindowExW(wmPtr->exStyle,
|
||
TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME,
|
||
(LPCWSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString),
|
||
wmPtr->style, x, y, width, height,
|
||
parentHWND, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);
|
||
Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
|
||
SetWindowLongPtrW(wmPtr->wrapper, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR) winPtr);
|
||
tsdPtr->createWindow = NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->exStyleConfig & WS_EX_LAYERED) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* The user supplies a double from [0..1], but Windows wants an
|
||
* int (transparent) 0..255 (opaque), so do the translation. Add
|
||
* the 0.5 to round the value.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
SetLayeredWindowAttributes((HWND) wmPtr->wrapper,
|
||
wmPtr->colorref, (BYTE) (wmPtr->alpha * 255 + 0.5),
|
||
(unsigned)(LWA_ALPHA | (wmPtr->crefObj?LWA_COLORKEY:0)));
|
||
} else {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Layering not used or supported.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->alpha = 1.0;
|
||
if (wmPtr->crefObj) {
|
||
Tcl_DecrRefCount(wmPtr->crefObj);
|
||
wmPtr->crefObj = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
place.length = sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT);
|
||
GetWindowPlacement(wmPtr->wrapper, &place);
|
||
wmPtr->x = place.rcNormalPosition.left;
|
||
wmPtr->y = place.rcNormalPosition.top;
|
||
|
||
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
|
||
TkInstallFrameMenu((Tk_Window) winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (oldWrapper && (oldWrapper != wmPtr->wrapper)
|
||
&& !(wmPtr->exStyle & WS_EX_TOPMOST)) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* We will adjust wrapper to have the same Z order as oldWrapper
|
||
* if it isn't a TOPMOST window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
nextHWND = GetNextWindow(oldWrapper, GW_HWNDPREV);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Now we need to reparent the contained window and set its style
|
||
* appropriately. Be sure to update the style first so that Windows
|
||
* doesn't try to set the focus to the child window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
SetWindowLongPtrW(child, GWL_STYLE,
|
||
WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS);
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
|
||
SetWindowLongPtrW(child, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR) TopLevelProc);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SetParent(child, wmPtr->wrapper);
|
||
if (oldWrapper) {
|
||
hSmallIcon = (HICON)
|
||
SendMessageW(oldWrapper, WM_GETICON, ICON_SMALL, (LPARAM)NULL);
|
||
hBigIcon = (HICON)
|
||
SendMessageW(oldWrapper, WM_GETICON, ICON_BIG, (LPARAM) NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (oldWrapper && (oldWrapper != wmPtr->wrapper)
|
||
&& (oldWrapper != GetDesktopWindow())) {
|
||
SetWindowLongPtrW(oldWrapper, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR) 0);
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->numTransients > 0) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Unset the current wrapper as the parent for all transient
|
||
* children for whom this is the container
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
|
||
|
||
childStateInfo = (int *)ckalloc(wmPtr->numTransients * sizeof(int));
|
||
state = 0;
|
||
for (wmPtr2 = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr2 != NULL;
|
||
wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) {
|
||
if (wmPtr2->containerPtr == winPtr
|
||
&& !(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
childStateInfo[state++] = wmPtr2->hints.initial_state;
|
||
SetParent(TkWinGetHWND(wmPtr2->winPtr->window), NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Remove the menubar before destroying the window so the menubar
|
||
* isn't destroyed.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
SetMenu(oldWrapper, NULL);
|
||
DestroyWindow(oldWrapper);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_NEVER_MAPPED;
|
||
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED &&
|
||
SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_ATTACHWINDOW, (WPARAM) child, 0)) {
|
||
SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ,
|
||
Tk_ReqWidth((Tk_Window) winPtr),
|
||
Tk_ReqHeight((Tk_Window) winPtr));
|
||
SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_SETMENU, (WPARAM) wmPtr->hMenu,
|
||
(LPARAM) Tk_GetMenuHWND((Tk_Window) winPtr));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Force an initial transition from withdrawn to the real initial state.
|
||
* Set the Z order based on previous wrapper before we set the state.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
state = wmPtr->hints.initial_state;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState;
|
||
if (nextHWND) {
|
||
SetWindowPos(wmPtr->wrapper, nextHWND, 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
||
SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE|SWP_NOACTIVATE|SWP_NOSENDCHANGING
|
||
|SWP_NOOWNERZORDER);
|
||
}
|
||
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state);
|
||
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state;
|
||
|
||
if (hSmallIcon != NULL) {
|
||
SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, WM_SETICON, ICON_SMALL,
|
||
(LPARAM) hSmallIcon);
|
||
}
|
||
if (hBigIcon != NULL) {
|
||
SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, WM_SETICON, ICON_BIG, (LPARAM) hBigIcon);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If we are embedded then force a mapping of the window now, because we
|
||
* do not necessarily own the wrapper and may not get another opportunity
|
||
* to map ourselves. We should not be in either iconified or zoomed states
|
||
* when we get here, so it is safe to just check for TK_EMBEDDED without
|
||
* checking what state we are supposed to be in (default to NormalState).
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
|
||
if (state+1 != SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, state, 0)) {
|
||
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
|
||
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = NormalState;
|
||
}
|
||
XMapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Set up menus on the wrapper if required.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->hMenu != NULL) {
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
|
||
SetMenu(wmPtr->wrapper, wmPtr->hMenu);
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (childStateInfo) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->numTransients > 0) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Reset all transient children for whom this is the container.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
|
||
|
||
state = 0;
|
||
for (wmPtr2 = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr2 != NULL;
|
||
wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) {
|
||
if (wmPtr2->containerPtr == winPtr
|
||
&& !(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
UpdateWrapper(wmPtr2->winPtr);
|
||
TkpWmSetState(wmPtr2->winPtr, childStateInfo[state++]);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ckfree(childStateInfo);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If this is the first window created by the application, then we should
|
||
* activate the initial window. Otherwise, if this had the focus, we need
|
||
* to restore that.
|
||
* XXX: Rewrapping generates a <FocusOut> and <FocusIn> that would best be
|
||
* XXX: avoided, if we could safely mask them.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (tsdPtr->firstWindow) {
|
||
tsdPtr->firstWindow = 0;
|
||
SetActiveWindow(wmPtr->wrapper);
|
||
} else if (focusHWND) {
|
||
SetFocus(focusHWND);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmMapWindow --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to map a top-level window. This module gets a
|
||
* chance to update all window-manager-related information in properties
|
||
* before the window manager sees the map event and checks the
|
||
* properties. It also gets to decide whether or not to even map the
|
||
* window after all.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Properties of winPtr may get updated to provide up-to-date information
|
||
* to the window manager. The window may also get mapped, but it may not
|
||
* be if this function decides that isn't appropriate (e.g. because the
|
||
* window is withdrawn).
|
||
*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkWmMapWindow(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be
|
||
* mapped. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
|
||
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
|
||
|
||
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
|
||
InitWm();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Don't map a transient if the container is not mapped.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->containerPtr != NULL && !Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->containerPtr)) {
|
||
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState;
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Map the window in either the iconified or normal state. Note that
|
||
* we only send a map event if the window is in the normal state.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, wmPtr->hints.initial_state);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* This is the first time this window has ever been mapped. Store all the
|
||
* window-manager-related information for the window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmUnmapWindow --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to unmap a top-level window. The only thing
|
||
* it does special is unmap the decorative frame before unmapping the
|
||
* toplevel window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Unmaps the decorative frame and the window.
|
||
*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkWmUnmapWindow(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be
|
||
* unmapped. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkpWmSetState --
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the window manager state for the wrapper window of a given
|
||
* toplevel window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* May maximize, minimize, restore, or withdraw a window.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
TkpWmSetState(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel window to operate on. */
|
||
int state) /* One of IconicState, ZoomState, NormalState,
|
||
* or WithdrawnState. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
int cmd;
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
|
||
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state;
|
||
goto setStateEnd;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
|
||
if (state == WithdrawnState) {
|
||
cmd = SW_HIDE;
|
||
} else if (state == IconicState) {
|
||
cmd = SW_SHOWMINNOACTIVE;
|
||
} else if (state == NormalState) {
|
||
cmd = SW_SHOWNOACTIVATE;
|
||
} else if (state == ZoomState) {
|
||
cmd = SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED;
|
||
} else {
|
||
goto setStateEnd;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ShowWindow(wmPtr->wrapper, cmd);
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
|
||
setStateEnd:
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkpWmSetFullScreen --
|
||
*
|
||
* Sets the fullscreen state for a toplevel window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* The WM_FULLSCREEN flag is updated.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* May create a new wrapper window and raise it.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
TkpWmSetFullScreen(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel window to operate on. */
|
||
int full_screen_state) /* True if window should be full screen */
|
||
{
|
||
int changed = 0;
|
||
int full_screen = False;
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (full_screen_state) {
|
||
if (! (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN)) {
|
||
full_screen = True;
|
||
changed = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) {
|
||
full_screen = False;
|
||
changed = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (changed) {
|
||
if (full_screen) {
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_FULLSCREEN;
|
||
wmPtr->configX = wmPtr->x;
|
||
wmPtr->configY = wmPtr->y;
|
||
} else {
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_FULLSCREEN;
|
||
wmPtr->x = wmPtr->configX;
|
||
wmPtr->y = wmPtr->configY;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If the window has been mapped, then we need to update the native
|
||
* wrapper window, and reset the focus to the widget that had it
|
||
* before.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_NEVER_MAPPED)
|
||
&& !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED))) {
|
||
TkWindow *focusWinPtr;
|
||
|
||
UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
|
||
|
||
focusWinPtr = TkGetFocusWin(winPtr);
|
||
if (focusWinPtr) {
|
||
TkSetFocusWin(focusWinPtr, 1);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkpWinGetState --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function returns state value of a toplevel window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* none
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* May deiconify the toplevel window.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
TkpWmGetState(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr)
|
||
{
|
||
return winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmDeadWindow --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked when a top-level window is about to be
|
||
* deleted. It cleans up the wm-related data structures for the window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* The WmInfo structure for winPtr gets freed up.
|
||
*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkWmDeadWindow(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's being deleted. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Clean up event related window info.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr == wmPtr) {
|
||
winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr;
|
||
} else {
|
||
WmInfo *prevPtr;
|
||
|
||
for (prevPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; ;
|
||
prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) {
|
||
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_Panic("couldn't unlink window in TkWmDeadWindow");
|
||
}
|
||
if (prevPtr->nextPtr == wmPtr) {
|
||
prevPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Reset all transient windows whose container is the dead window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
for (wmPtr2 = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr2 != NULL;
|
||
wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) {
|
||
if (wmPtr2->containerPtr == winPtr) {
|
||
wmPtr->numTransients--;
|
||
Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr2->containerPtr,
|
||
VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
|
||
WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, wmPtr2->winPtr);
|
||
wmPtr2->containerPtr = NULL;
|
||
if ((wmPtr2->wrapper != NULL)
|
||
&& !(wmPtr2->flags & (WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
|
||
UpdateWrapper(wmPtr2->winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->numTransients != 0)
|
||
Tcl_Panic("numTransients should be 0");
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->title);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPixmapHint) {
|
||
Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconMaskHint) {
|
||
Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
|
||
wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
wmPtr2->iconFor = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
|
||
wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->iconFor)->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
wmPtr2->icon = NULL;
|
||
wmPtr2->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint;
|
||
}
|
||
while (wmPtr->protPtr != NULL) {
|
||
ProtocolHandler *protPtr;
|
||
|
||
protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
|
||
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
|
||
Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->cmdArgv);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
|
||
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->containerPtr != NULL) {
|
||
wmPtr2 = wmPtr->containerPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If we had a container, tell them that we aren't tied to them anymore.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr2 != NULL) {
|
||
wmPtr2->numTransients--;
|
||
}
|
||
Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->containerPtr,
|
||
VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
|
||
WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, winPtr);
|
||
wmPtr->containerPtr = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->crefObj != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_DecrRefCount(wmPtr->crefObj);
|
||
wmPtr->crefObj = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Destroy the decorative frame window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) {
|
||
DestroyWindow(wmPtr->wrapper);
|
||
} else if (winPtr->window) {
|
||
DestroyWindow(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window));
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) {
|
||
SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_DETACHWINDOW, 0, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconPtr != NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* This may delete the icon resource data. I believe we should do this
|
||
* after destroying the decorative frame, because the decorative frame
|
||
* is using this icon.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
DecrIconRefCount(wmPtr->iconPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr);
|
||
winPtr->wmInfoPtr = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmSetClass --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked whenever a top-level window's class is
|
||
* changed. If the window has been mapped then this function updates the
|
||
* window manager property for the class. If the window hasn't been
|
||
* mapped, the update is deferred until just before the first mapping.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* A window property may get updated.
|
||
*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkWmSetClass(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(TkWindow *)) /* Newly-created top-level window. */
|
||
{
|
||
/* Do nothing */
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* Tk_WmObjCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm" Tcl command. See the user
|
||
* documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
int
|
||
Tk_WmObjCmd(
|
||
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
|
||
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
|
||
"aspect", "attributes", "client", "colormapwindows",
|
||
"command", "deiconify", "focusmodel", "forget", "frame",
|
||
"geometry", "grid", "group", "iconbitmap",
|
||
"iconify", "iconmask", "iconname",
|
||
"iconphoto", "iconposition",
|
||
"iconwindow", "manage", "maxsize", "minsize", "overrideredirect",
|
||
"positionfrom", "protocol", "resizable", "sizefrom",
|
||
"stackorder", "state", "title", "transient",
|
||
"withdraw", NULL
|
||
};
|
||
enum options {
|
||
WMOPT_ASPECT, WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES, WMOPT_CLIENT, WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS,
|
||
WMOPT_COMMAND, WMOPT_DEICONIFY, WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL, WMOPT_FORGET,
|
||
WMOPT_FRAME,
|
||
WMOPT_GEOMETRY, WMOPT_GRID, WMOPT_GROUP, WMOPT_ICONBITMAP,
|
||
WMOPT_ICONIFY, WMOPT_ICONMASK, WMOPT_ICONNAME,
|
||
WMOPT_ICONPHOTO, WMOPT_ICONPOSITION,
|
||
WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE, WMOPT_MINSIZE,
|
||
WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT,
|
||
WMOPT_POSITIONFROM, WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM,
|
||
WMOPT_STACKORDER, WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT,
|
||
WMOPT_WITHDRAW
|
||
};
|
||
int index;
|
||
int length;
|
||
const char *argv1;
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, **winPtrPtr = &winPtr;
|
||
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (objc < 2) {
|
||
wrongNumArgs:
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
argv1 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length);
|
||
if ((argv1[0] == 't') && !strncmp(argv1, "tracing", length)
|
||
&& (length >= 3)) {
|
||
int wmTracing;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 2) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
|
||
dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &wmTracing) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmTracing) {
|
||
dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING;
|
||
} else {
|
||
dispPtr->flags &= ~TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING;
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
|
||
sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (objc < 3) {
|
||
goto wrongNumArgs;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], (Tk_Window *) winPtrPtr)
|
||
!= TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) && (index != WMOPT_MANAGE)
|
||
&& (index != WMOPT_FORGET)) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"window \"%s\" isn't a top-level window", winPtr->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "LOOKUP", "TOPLEVEL", winPtr->pathName,
|
||
NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
switch ((enum options) index) {
|
||
case WMOPT_ASPECT:
|
||
return WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES:
|
||
return WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_CLIENT:
|
||
return WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS:
|
||
return WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_COMMAND:
|
||
return WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_DEICONIFY:
|
||
return WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL:
|
||
return WmFocusmodelCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_FORGET:
|
||
return WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_FRAME:
|
||
return WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_GEOMETRY:
|
||
return WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_GRID:
|
||
return WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_GROUP:
|
||
return WmGroupCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_ICONBITMAP:
|
||
return WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_ICONIFY:
|
||
return WmIconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_ICONMASK:
|
||
return WmIconmaskCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_ICONNAME:
|
||
return WmIconnameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_ICONPHOTO:
|
||
return WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_ICONPOSITION:
|
||
return WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_ICONWINDOW:
|
||
return WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_MANAGE:
|
||
return WmManageCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_MAXSIZE:
|
||
return WmMaxsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_MINSIZE:
|
||
return WmMinsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT:
|
||
return WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_POSITIONFROM:
|
||
return WmPositionfromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_PROTOCOL:
|
||
return WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_RESIZABLE:
|
||
return WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_SIZEFROM:
|
||
return WmSizefromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_STACKORDER:
|
||
return WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_STATE:
|
||
return WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_TITLE:
|
||
return WmTitleCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_TRANSIENT:
|
||
return WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
case WMOPT_WITHDRAW:
|
||
return WmWithdrawCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This should not happen */
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmAspectCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm aspect" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmAspectCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
int numer1, denom1, numer2, denom2;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
|
||
"window ?minNumer minDenom maxNumer maxDenom?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PAspect) {
|
||
Tcl_Obj *results[4];
|
||
|
||
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.x);
|
||
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->minAspect.y);
|
||
results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.x);
|
||
results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->maxAspect.y);
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PAspect;
|
||
} else {
|
||
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &numer1) != TCL_OK)
|
||
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &denom1) != TCL_OK)
|
||
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &numer2) != TCL_OK)
|
||
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &denom2) != TCL_OK)) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if ((numer1 <= 0) || (denom1 <= 0) || (numer2 <= 0) || (denom2 <= 0)) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"aspect number can't be <= 0", -1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "ASPECT", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->minAspect.x = numer1;
|
||
wmPtr->minAspect.y = denom1;
|
||
wmPtr->maxAspect.x = numer2;
|
||
wmPtr->maxAspect.y = denom2;
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PAspect;
|
||
}
|
||
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmAttributesCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm attributes" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmAttributesCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
LONG style, exStyle, styleBit, *stylePtr = NULL;
|
||
const char *string;
|
||
int i, boolean;
|
||
int length;
|
||
int config_fullscreen = 0, updatewrapper = 0;
|
||
int fullscreen_attr_changed = 0, fullscreen_attr = 0;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc < 3) || ((objc > 5) && ((objc%2) == 0))) {
|
||
configArgs:
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
|
||
"window"
|
||
" ?-alpha ?double??"
|
||
" ?-transparentcolor ?color??"
|
||
" ?-disabled ?bool??"
|
||
" ?-fullscreen ?bool??"
|
||
" ?-toolwindow ?bool??"
|
||
" ?-topmost ?bool??");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
exStyle = wmPtr->exStyleConfig;
|
||
style = wmPtr->styleConfig;
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
|
||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
|
||
Tcl_NewStringObj("-alpha", -1));
|
||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(wmPtr->alpha));
|
||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
|
||
Tcl_NewStringObj("-transparentcolor", -1));
|
||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
|
||
wmPtr->crefObj ? wmPtr->crefObj : Tcl_NewObj());
|
||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
|
||
Tcl_NewStringObj("-disabled", -1));
|
||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
|
||
Tcl_NewBooleanObj((style & WS_DISABLED)));
|
||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
|
||
Tcl_NewStringObj("-fullscreen", -1));
|
||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
|
||
Tcl_NewBooleanObj((wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN)));
|
||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
|
||
Tcl_NewStringObj("-toolwindow", -1));
|
||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
|
||
Tcl_NewBooleanObj((exStyle & WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW)));
|
||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
|
||
Tcl_NewStringObj("-topmost", -1));
|
||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
|
||
Tcl_NewBooleanObj((exStyle & WS_EX_TOPMOST)));
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
for (i = 3; i < objc; i += 2) {
|
||
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
|
||
if (strncmp(string, "-disabled", length) == 0) {
|
||
stylePtr = &style;
|
||
styleBit = WS_DISABLED;
|
||
} else if ((strncmp(string, "-alpha", length) == 0)
|
||
|| ((length > 2) && (strncmp(string, "-transparentcolor",
|
||
length) == 0))) {
|
||
stylePtr = &exStyle;
|
||
styleBit = WS_EX_LAYERED;
|
||
} else if (strncmp(string, "-fullscreen", length) == 0) {
|
||
config_fullscreen = 1;
|
||
styleBit = 0;
|
||
} else if ((length > 3)
|
||
&& (strncmp(string, "-toolwindow", length) == 0)) {
|
||
stylePtr = &exStyle;
|
||
styleBit = WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW;
|
||
if (objc != 4) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Changes to toolwindow style require an update
|
||
*/
|
||
updatewrapper = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
} else if ((length > 3)
|
||
&& (strncmp(string, "-topmost", length) == 0)) {
|
||
stylePtr = &exStyle;
|
||
styleBit = WS_EX_TOPMOST;
|
||
if ((i < objc-1) && (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't set topmost flag on %s: it is an embedded window",
|
||
winPtr->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ATTR", "TOPMOST", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
} else if (i == 3) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"bad attribute \"%s\": must be -alpha, -transparentcolor, -disabled, -fullscreen, -toolwindow, or -topmost",
|
||
string));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ATTR", "UNRECOGNIZED", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
} else {
|
||
goto configArgs;
|
||
}
|
||
if (styleBit == WS_EX_LAYERED) {
|
||
if (objc == 4) {
|
||
if (string[1] == 'a') { /* -alpha */
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(wmPtr->alpha));
|
||
} else { /* -transparentcolor */
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
|
||
wmPtr->crefObj ? wmPtr->crefObj : Tcl_NewObj());
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (string[1] == 'a') { /* -alpha */
|
||
double dval;
|
||
|
||
if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &dval)
|
||
!= TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* The user should give (transparent) 0 .. 1.0 (opaque),
|
||
* but we ignore the setting of this (it will always be 1)
|
||
* in the case that the API is not available.
|
||
*/
|
||
if (dval < 0.0) {
|
||
dval = 0;
|
||
} else if (dval > 1.0) {
|
||
dval = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->alpha = dval;
|
||
} else { /* -transparentcolor */
|
||
const char *crefstr = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i+1], &length);
|
||
|
||
if (length == 0) {
|
||
/* reset to no transparent color */
|
||
if (wmPtr->crefObj) {
|
||
Tcl_DecrRefCount(wmPtr->crefObj);
|
||
wmPtr->crefObj = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
XColor *cPtr =
|
||
Tk_GetColor(interp, tkwin, Tk_GetUid(crefstr));
|
||
if (cPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->crefObj) {
|
||
Tcl_DecrRefCount(wmPtr->crefObj);
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->crefObj = objv[i+1];
|
||
Tcl_IncrRefCount(wmPtr->crefObj);
|
||
wmPtr->colorref = RGB((BYTE) (cPtr->red >> 8),
|
||
(BYTE) (cPtr->green >> 8),
|
||
(BYTE) (cPtr->blue >> 8));
|
||
Tk_FreeColor(cPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Only ever add the WS_EX_LAYERED bit, as it can cause
|
||
* flashing to change this window style. This allows things
|
||
* like fading tooltips to avoid flash ugliness without
|
||
* forcing all window to be layered.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if ((wmPtr->alpha < 1.0) || (wmPtr->crefObj != NULL)) {
|
||
*stylePtr |= styleBit;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Set the window directly regardless of UpdateWrapper.
|
||
* The user supplies a double from [0..1], but Windows
|
||
* wants an int (transparent) 0..255 (opaque), so do the
|
||
* translation. Add the 0.5 to round the value.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->exStyleConfig & WS_EX_LAYERED)) {
|
||
SetWindowLongPtrW(wmPtr->wrapper, GWL_EXSTYLE,
|
||
*stylePtr);
|
||
}
|
||
SetLayeredWindowAttributes((HWND) wmPtr->wrapper,
|
||
wmPtr->colorref, (BYTE) (wmPtr->alpha * 255 + 0.5),
|
||
(unsigned) (LWA_ALPHA |
|
||
(wmPtr->crefObj ? LWA_COLORKEY : 0)));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
if ((i < objc-1)
|
||
&& Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &boolean)
|
||
!= TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (config_fullscreen) {
|
||
if (objc == 4) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
|
||
wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN));
|
||
} else {
|
||
fullscreen_attr_changed = 1;
|
||
fullscreen_attr = boolean;
|
||
}
|
||
config_fullscreen = 0;
|
||
} else if (objc == 4) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
|
||
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(*stylePtr & styleBit));
|
||
} else if (boolean) {
|
||
*stylePtr |= styleBit;
|
||
} else {
|
||
*stylePtr &= ~styleBit;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if ((styleBit == WS_EX_TOPMOST) && (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL)) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Force the topmost position aspect to ensure that switching
|
||
* between (no)topmost reflects properly when rewrapped.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
SetWindowPos(wmPtr->wrapper,
|
||
((exStyle & WS_EX_TOPMOST) ?
|
||
HWND_TOPMOST : HWND_NOTOPMOST), 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
||
SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE|SWP_NOACTIVATE|SWP_NOSENDCHANGING
|
||
|SWP_NOOWNERZORDER);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->styleConfig != style) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Currently this means only WS_DISABLED changed, which we can effect
|
||
* with EnableWindow.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->styleConfig = style;
|
||
if ((wmPtr->exStyleConfig == exStyle)
|
||
&& !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
EnableWindow(wmPtr->wrapper, (style & WS_DISABLED) ? 0 : 1);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->exStyleConfig != exStyle) {
|
||
wmPtr->exStyleConfig = exStyle;
|
||
if (updatewrapper) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* UpdateWrapper ensure that all effects are properly handled,
|
||
* such as TOOLWINDOW disappearing from the taskbar.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (fullscreen_attr_changed) {
|
||
if (fullscreen_attr) {
|
||
if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't set fullscreen attribute for \"%s\":"
|
||
" override-redirect flag is set", winPtr->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ATTR",
|
||
"OVERRIDE_REDIRECT", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Check max width and height if set by the user, don't worry
|
||
* about the default values since they will likely be smaller than
|
||
* screen width/height.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (((wmPtr->maxWidth > 0) &&
|
||
(WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr)) > wmPtr->maxWidth)) ||
|
||
((wmPtr->maxHeight > 0) &&
|
||
(HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr)) > wmPtr->maxHeight))) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't set fullscreen attribute for \"%s\":"
|
||
" max width/height is too small", winPtr->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ATTR", "SMALL_MAX", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
TkpWmSetFullScreen(winPtr, fullscreen_attr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmClientCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm client" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmClientCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
const char *argv3;
|
||
int length;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
|
||
Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->clientMachine, -1));
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
|
||
if (argv3[0] == 0) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
|
||
wmPtr->clientMachine = NULL;
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
|
||
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,"WM_CLIENT_MACHINE"));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->clientMachine = (char *)ckalloc(length + 1);
|
||
memcpy(wmPtr->clientMachine, argv3, length + 1);
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
XTextProperty textProp;
|
||
|
||
if (XStringListToTextProperty(&wmPtr->clientMachine, 1, &textProp)
|
||
!= 0) {
|
||
XSetWMClientMachine(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
|
||
&textProp);
|
||
XFree((char *) textProp.value);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmColormapwindowsCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm colormapwindows" Tcl
|
||
* command. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmColormapwindowsCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
TkWindow **cmapList, *winPtr2, **winPtr2Ptr = &winPtr2;
|
||
int i, windowObjc, gotToplevel;
|
||
Tcl_Obj **windowObjv, *resultObj;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?windowList?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
|
||
resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
|
||
for (i = 0; i < wmPtr->cmapCount; i++) {
|
||
if ((i == (wmPtr->cmapCount-1))
|
||
&& (wmPtr->flags & WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP)) {
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
|
||
TkNewWindowObj((Tk_Window) wmPtr->cmapList[i]));
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[3], &windowObjc, &windowObjv)
|
||
!= TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
cmapList = (TkWindow**)ckalloc((windowObjc + 1) * sizeof(TkWindow*));
|
||
gotToplevel = 0;
|
||
for (i = 0; i < windowObjc; i++) {
|
||
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, windowObjv[i],
|
||
(Tk_Window *) winPtr2Ptr) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
ckfree(cmapList);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (winPtr2 == winPtr) {
|
||
gotToplevel = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
if (winPtr2->window == None) {
|
||
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr2);
|
||
}
|
||
cmapList[i] = winPtr2;
|
||
}
|
||
if (!gotToplevel) {
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP;
|
||
cmapList[windowObjc] = winPtr;
|
||
windowObjc++;
|
||
} else {
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT;
|
||
if (wmPtr->cmapList != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->cmapList);
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->cmapList = cmapList;
|
||
wmPtr->cmapCount = windowObjc;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Now we need to force the updated colormaps to be installed.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr == winPtr->dispPtr->foregroundWmPtr) {
|
||
InstallColormaps(wmPtr->wrapper, WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE, 1);
|
||
} else {
|
||
InstallColormaps(wmPtr->wrapper, WM_PALETTECHANGED, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmCommandCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm command" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmCommandCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
const char *argv3;
|
||
int cmdArgc;
|
||
const char **cmdArgv;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?value?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
|
||
char *merged = Tcl_Merge(wmPtr->cmdArgc, wmPtr->cmdArgv);
|
||
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(merged, -1));
|
||
ckfree(merged);
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
|
||
if (argv3[0] == 0) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->cmdArgv);
|
||
wmPtr->cmdArgv = NULL;
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
|
||
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_COMMAND"));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, argv3, &cmdArgc, &cmdArgv) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->cmdArgv);
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->cmdArgc = cmdArgc;
|
||
wmPtr->cmdArgv = cmdArgv;
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
XSetCommand(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, (char **) cmdArgv, cmdArgc);
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmDeiconifyCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm deiconify" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmDeiconifyCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (objc != 3) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't deiconify %s: it is an icon for %s",
|
||
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "DEICONIFY", "ICON", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
|
||
if (!SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_DEICONIFY, 0, 0)) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't deiconify %s: the container does not support the request",
|
||
winPtr->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
TkpWinToplevelDeiconify(winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmFocusmodelCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm focusmodel" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmFocusmodelCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
|
||
"active", "passive", NULL
|
||
};
|
||
enum options {
|
||
OPT_ACTIVE, OPT_PASSIVE
|
||
};
|
||
int index;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?active|passive?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
wmPtr->hints.input ? "passive" : "active", -1));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
|
||
sizeof(char *), "argument", 0,&index) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (index == OPT_ACTIVE) {
|
||
wmPtr->hints.input = False;
|
||
} else { /* OPT_PASSIVE */
|
||
wmPtr->hints.input = True;
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmForgetCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This procedure is invoked to process the "wm forget" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmForgetCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *const *)) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
|
||
Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
|
||
winPtr->flags &= ~(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED);
|
||
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window)winPtr->parentPtr);
|
||
RemapWindows(winPtr, Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->parentPtr->window));
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Make sure wm no longer manages this window
|
||
*/
|
||
Tk_ManageGeometry(frameWin, NULL, NULL);
|
||
|
||
TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr);
|
||
/* flags (above) must be cleared before calling */
|
||
/* TkMapTopFrame (below) */
|
||
TkMapTopFrame(frameWin);
|
||
} else {
|
||
/* Already not managed by wm - ignore it */
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmFrameCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm frame" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmFrameCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
HWND hwnd;
|
||
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
|
||
|
||
if (objc != 3) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr) == None) {
|
||
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
hwnd = wmPtr->wrapper;
|
||
if (hwnd == NULL) {
|
||
hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr));
|
||
}
|
||
sprintf(buf, "0x%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "x", (size_t)hwnd);
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, -1));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmGeometryCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm geometry" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmGeometryCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
char xSign, ySign;
|
||
int width, height;
|
||
const char *argv3;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newGeometry?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
xSign = (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) ? '-' : '+';
|
||
ySign = (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) ? '-' : '+';
|
||
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
||
width = wmPtr->reqGridWidth + (winPtr->changes.width
|
||
- winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc;
|
||
height = wmPtr->reqGridHeight + (winPtr->changes.height
|
||
- winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc;
|
||
} else {
|
||
width = winPtr->changes.width;
|
||
height = winPtr->changes.height;
|
||
}
|
||
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
|
||
int result = SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_MOVEWINDOW, -1, -1);
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->x = result >> 16;
|
||
wmPtr->y = result & 0x0000ffff;
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("%dx%d%c%d%c%d",
|
||
width, height, xSign, wmPtr->x, ySign, wmPtr->y));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
|
||
if (*argv3 == '\0') {
|
||
wmPtr->width = -1;
|
||
wmPtr->height = -1;
|
||
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
return ParseGeometry(interp, argv3, winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmGridCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm grid" Tcl command. See the
|
||
* user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmGridCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
int reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
|
||
"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) {
|
||
Tcl_Obj *results[4];
|
||
|
||
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridWidth);
|
||
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->reqGridHeight);
|
||
results[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->widthInc);
|
||
results[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->heightInc);
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, results));
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Turn off gridding and reset the width and height to make sense as
|
||
* ungridded numbers.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(PBaseSize|PResizeInc);
|
||
if (wmPtr->width != -1) {
|
||
wmPtr->width = winPtr->reqWidth + (wmPtr->width
|
||
- wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
|
||
wmPtr->height = winPtr->reqHeight + (wmPtr->height
|
||
- wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->widthInc = 1;
|
||
wmPtr->heightInc = 1;
|
||
} else {
|
||
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &reqWidth) != TCL_OK)
|
||
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &reqHeight) != TCL_OK)
|
||
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &widthInc) != TCL_OK)
|
||
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &heightInc) != TCL_OK)) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (reqWidth < 0) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"baseWidth can't be < 0", -1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GRID", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (reqHeight < 0) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"baseHeight can't be < 0", -1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GRID", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (widthInc <= 0) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"widthInc can't be <= 0", -1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GRID", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (heightInc <= 0) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"heightInc can't be <= 0", -1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GRID", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
Tk_SetGrid((Tk_Window) winPtr, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc,
|
||
heightInc);
|
||
}
|
||
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmGroupCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm group" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmGroupCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin2;
|
||
const char *argv3;
|
||
int length;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & WindowGroupHint) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->leaderName, -1));
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
|
||
if (*argv3 == '\0') {
|
||
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~WindowGroupHint;
|
||
if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->leaderName = NULL;
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin2);
|
||
if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->hints.window_group = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
|
||
wmPtr->hints.flags |= WindowGroupHint;
|
||
wmPtr->leaderName = (char *)ckalloc(length + 1);
|
||
memcpy(wmPtr->leaderName, argv3, length + 1);
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmIconbitmapCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm iconbitmap" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmIconbitmapCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
TkWindow *useWinPtr = winPtr; /* window to apply to (NULL if -default) */
|
||
const char *string;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?-default? ?image?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
} else if (objc == 5) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* If we have 5 arguments, we must have a '-default' flag.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
const char *argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
|
||
|
||
if (strcmp(argv3, "-default")) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"illegal option \"%s\" must be \"-default\"", argv3));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONBITMAP", "OPTION",NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
useWinPtr = NULL;
|
||
} else if (objc == 3) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* No arguments were given.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPixmapHint) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
Tk_NameOfBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap),
|
||
-1));
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[objc-1]);
|
||
if (*string == '\0') {
|
||
if (wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap != None) {
|
||
Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap);
|
||
wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = None;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPixmapHint;
|
||
if (WinSetIcon(interp, NULL, (Tk_Window) useWinPtr) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
/*
|
||
* In the future this block of code will use Tk's 'image'
|
||
* functionality to allow all supported image formats. However, this
|
||
* will require a change to the way icons are handled. We will need to
|
||
* add icon<->image conversions routines.
|
||
*
|
||
* Until that happens we simply try to find an icon in the given
|
||
* argument, and if that fails, we use the older bitmap code. We do
|
||
* things this way round (icon then bitmap), because the bitmap code
|
||
* actually seems to have no visible effect, so we want to give the
|
||
* icon code the first try at doing something.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Either return NULL, or return a valid titlebaricon with its ref
|
||
* count already incremented.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
WinIconPtr titlebaricon = ReadIconFromFile(interp, objv[objc-1]);
|
||
if (titlebaricon != NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Try to set the icon for the window. If it is a '-default' icon,
|
||
* we must pass in NULL
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, (Tk_Window) useWinPtr)
|
||
!= TCL_OK) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* We didn't use the titlebaricon after all.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
DecrIconRefCount(titlebaricon);
|
||
titlebaricon = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (titlebaricon == NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* We didn't manage to handle the argument as a valid icon. Try as
|
||
* a bitmap. First we must clear the error message which was
|
||
* placed in the interpreter.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
Pixmap pixmap;
|
||
|
||
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
|
||
pixmap = Tk_GetBitmap(interp, (Tk_Window) winPtr, string);
|
||
if (pixmap == None) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = pixmap;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconPixmapHint;
|
||
titlebaricon = GetIconFromPixmap(Tk_Display(winPtr), pixmap);
|
||
if (titlebaricon != NULL && WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon,
|
||
(Tk_Window) useWinPtr) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* We didn't use the titlebaricon after all.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
DecrIconRefCount(titlebaricon);
|
||
titlebaricon = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmIconifyCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm iconify" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmIconifyCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (objc != 3) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
|
||
if (!SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_ICONIFY, 0, 0)) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't iconify %s: the container does not support the request",
|
||
winPtr->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "EMBEDDED", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't iconify \"%s\": override-redirect flag is set",
|
||
winPtr->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "OVERRIDE_REDIRECT",
|
||
NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->containerPtr != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't iconify \"%s\": it is a transient",
|
||
winPtr->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "TRANSIENT", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't iconify %s: it is an icon for %s",
|
||
winPtr->pathName, Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONIFY", "ICON", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmIconmaskCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm iconmask" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmIconmaskCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
Pixmap pixmap;
|
||
const char *argv3;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?bitmap?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconMaskHint) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
Tk_NameOfBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask),
|
||
-1));
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
|
||
if (*argv3 == '\0') {
|
||
if (wmPtr->hints.icon_mask != None) {
|
||
Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask);
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconMaskHint;
|
||
} else {
|
||
pixmap = Tk_GetBitmap(interp, tkwin, argv3);
|
||
if (pixmap == None) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->hints.icon_mask = pixmap;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconMaskHint;
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmIconnameCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm iconname" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmIconnameCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
const char *argv3;
|
||
int length;
|
||
|
||
if (objc > 4) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newName?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
(wmPtr->iconName ? wmPtr->iconName : ""), -1));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
|
||
}
|
||
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
|
||
wmPtr->iconName = (char *)ckalloc(length + 1);
|
||
memcpy(wmPtr->iconName, argv3, length + 1);
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
XSetIconName(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, wmPtr->iconName);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmIconphotoCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm iconphoto" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmIconphotoCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *useWinPtr = winPtr; /* window to apply to (NULL if -default) */
|
||
Tk_PhotoHandle photo;
|
||
Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
|
||
int i, width, height, idx, bufferSize, startObj = 3;
|
||
union {unsigned char *ptr; void *voidPtr;} bgraPixel;
|
||
union {unsigned char *ptr; void *voidPtr;} bgraMask;
|
||
BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
|
||
WinIconPtr titlebaricon = NULL;
|
||
HICON hIcon;
|
||
unsigned size;
|
||
BITMAPINFO bmInfo;
|
||
ICONINFO iconInfo;
|
||
|
||
if (objc < 4) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
|
||
"window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Iterate over all images to validate their existence.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) {
|
||
useWinPtr = NULL;
|
||
startObj = 4;
|
||
if (objc == 4) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
|
||
"window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
for (i = startObj; i < objc; i++) {
|
||
photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
|
||
if (photo == NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't use \"%s\" as iconphoto: not a photo image",
|
||
Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "PHOTO", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* We have calculated the size of the data. Try to allocate the needed
|
||
* memory space.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
size = sizeof(BlockOfIconImages) + (sizeof(ICONIMAGE) * (objc-startObj-1));
|
||
lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr)attemptckalloc(size);
|
||
if (lpIR == NULL) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
ZeroMemory(lpIR, size);
|
||
|
||
lpIR->nNumImages = objc - startObj;
|
||
|
||
for (i = startObj; i < objc; i++) {
|
||
photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
|
||
Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height);
|
||
Tk_PhotoGetImage(photo, &block);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Don't use CreateIcon to create the icon, as it requires color
|
||
* bitmap data in device-dependent format. Instead we use
|
||
* CreateIconIndirect which takes device-independent bitmaps and
|
||
* converts them as required. Initialise icon info structure.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
ZeroMemory(&iconInfo, sizeof(iconInfo));
|
||
iconInfo.fIcon = TRUE;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Create device-independent color bitmap.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
ZeroMemory(&bmInfo, sizeof bmInfo);
|
||
bmInfo.bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
|
||
bmInfo.bmiHeader.biWidth = width;
|
||
bmInfo.bmiHeader.biHeight = -height;
|
||
bmInfo.bmiHeader.biPlanes = 1;
|
||
bmInfo.bmiHeader.biBitCount = 32;
|
||
bmInfo.bmiHeader.biCompression = BI_RGB;
|
||
|
||
iconInfo.hbmColor = CreateDIBSection(NULL, &bmInfo, DIB_RGB_COLORS,
|
||
&bgraPixel.voidPtr, NULL, 0);
|
||
if (!iconInfo.hbmColor) {
|
||
ckfree(lpIR);
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"failed to create an iconphoto with image \"%s\"",
|
||
Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "IMAGE", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Convert the photo image data into BGRA format (RGBQUAD).
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
bufferSize = height * width * 4;
|
||
for (idx = 0 ; idx < bufferSize ; idx += 4) {
|
||
bgraPixel.ptr[idx] = block.pixelPtr[idx+2];
|
||
bgraPixel.ptr[idx+1] = block.pixelPtr[idx+1];
|
||
bgraPixel.ptr[idx+2] = block.pixelPtr[idx+0];
|
||
bgraPixel.ptr[idx+3] = block.pixelPtr[idx+3];
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Create a dummy mask bitmap. The contents of this don't appear to
|
||
* matter, as CreateIconIndirect will setup the icon mask based on the
|
||
* alpha channel in our color bitmap.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
bmInfo.bmiHeader.biBitCount = 1;
|
||
|
||
iconInfo.hbmMask = CreateDIBSection(NULL, &bmInfo, DIB_RGB_COLORS,
|
||
&bgraMask.voidPtr, NULL, 0);
|
||
if (!iconInfo.hbmMask) {
|
||
DeleteObject(iconInfo.hbmColor);
|
||
ckfree(lpIR);
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"failed to create mask bitmap for \"%s\"",
|
||
Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "MASK", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ZeroMemory(bgraMask.ptr, width*height/8);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Create an icon from the bitmaps.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
hIcon = CreateIconIndirect(&iconInfo);
|
||
DeleteObject(iconInfo.hbmColor);
|
||
DeleteObject(iconInfo.hbmMask);
|
||
if (hIcon == NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* XXX should free up created icons.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
ckfree(lpIR);
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"failed to create icon for \"%s\"",
|
||
Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONPHOTO", "ICON", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].Width = width;
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].Height = height;
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].Colors = 4;
|
||
lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].hIcon = hIcon;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
titlebaricon = (WinIconPtr)ckalloc(sizeof(WinIconInstance));
|
||
titlebaricon->iconBlock = lpIR;
|
||
titlebaricon->refCount = 1;
|
||
if (WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, (Tk_Window) useWinPtr) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* We didn't use the titlebaricon after all.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
DecrIconRefCount(titlebaricon);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmIconpositionCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm iconposition" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmIconpositionCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
int x, y;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?x y?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPositionHint) {
|
||
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
|
||
|
||
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_x);
|
||
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(wmPtr->hints.icon_y);
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
|
||
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPositionHint;
|
||
} else {
|
||
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
|
||
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->hints.icon_x = x;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.icon_y = y;
|
||
wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmIconwindowCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm iconwindow" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmIconwindowCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin2;
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
|
||
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj(wmPtr->icon));
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
|
||
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint;
|
||
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Let the window use button events again, then remove it as icon
|
||
* window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
atts.event_mask = Tk_Attributes(wmPtr->icon)->event_mask
|
||
| ButtonPressMask;
|
||
Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(wmPtr->icon, CWEventMask, &atts);
|
||
wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
wmPtr2->iconFor = NULL;
|
||
wmPtr2->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->icon = NULL;
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin2)) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't use %s as icon window: not at top level",
|
||
Tcl_GetString(objv[3])));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONWINDOW", "INNER", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) tkwin2)->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"%s is already an icon for %s",
|
||
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor)));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "ICONWINDOW", "ICON", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr3 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
wmPtr3->iconFor = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Let the window use button events again.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
atts.event_mask = Tk_Attributes(wmPtr->icon)->event_mask
|
||
| ButtonPressMask;
|
||
Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(wmPtr->icon, CWEventMask, &atts);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Disable button events in the icon window: some window managers
|
||
* (like olvwm) want to get the events themselves, but X only allows
|
||
* one application at a time to receive button events for a window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
atts.event_mask = Tk_Attributes(tkwin2)->event_mask
|
||
& ~ButtonPressMask;
|
||
Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(tkwin2, CWEventMask, &atts);
|
||
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin2);
|
||
wmPtr->hints.icon_window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
|
||
wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconWindowHint;
|
||
wmPtr->icon = tkwin2;
|
||
wmPtr2->iconFor = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
|
||
if (!(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
wmPtr2->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN;
|
||
TkpWmSetState(((TkWindow *) tkwin2), WithdrawnState);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmManageCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This procedure is invoked to process the "wm manage" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmManageCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(int), /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *const *)) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
|
||
if (!Tk_IsManageable(frameWin)) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"window \"%s\" is not manageable: must be a frame,"
|
||
" labelframe or toplevel", Tk_PathName(frameWin)));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "MANAGE", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
TkFocusSplit(winPtr);
|
||
Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
|
||
winPtr->flags |= TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED;
|
||
RemapWindows(winPtr, NULL);
|
||
if (wmPtr == NULL) {
|
||
TkWmNewWindow(winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
|
||
/* flags (above) must be set before calling */
|
||
/* TkMapTopFrame (below) */
|
||
TkMapTopFrame (frameWin);
|
||
} else if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
|
||
/* Already managed by wm - ignore it */
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmMaxsizeCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm maxsize" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmMaxsizeCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
int width, height;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
|
||
|
||
GetMaxSize(wmPtr, &width, &height);
|
||
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
|
||
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height);
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|
||
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->maxWidth = width;
|
||
wmPtr->maxHeight = height;
|
||
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmMinsizeCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm minsize" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmMinsizeCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
int width, height;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
|
||
|
||
GetMinSize(wmPtr, &width, &height);
|
||
results[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(width);
|
||
results[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(height);
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|
||
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->minWidth = width;
|
||
wmPtr->minHeight = height;
|
||
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmOverrideredirectCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm overrideredirect" Tcl
|
||
* command. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmOverrideredirectCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
int boolean, curValue;
|
||
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
|
||
curValue = SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, -1, -1)-1;
|
||
if (curValue < 0) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"Container does not support overrideredirect", -1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(curValue));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (curValue != boolean) {
|
||
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
|
||
SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, boolean, 0);
|
||
} else {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Only do this if we are really changing value, because it causes
|
||
* some funky stuff to occur.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
atts.override_redirect = (boolean) ? True : False;
|
||
Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect,
|
||
&atts);
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_NEVER_MAPPED))
|
||
&& !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
|
||
UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmPositionfromCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm positionfrom" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmPositionfromCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
|
||
"program", "user", NULL
|
||
};
|
||
enum options {
|
||
OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER
|
||
};
|
||
int index;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?user/program?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
const char *sourceStr = "";
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & USPosition) {
|
||
sourceStr = "user";
|
||
} else if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PPosition) {
|
||
sourceStr = "program";
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(sourceStr, -1));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(USPosition|PPosition);
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
|
||
sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (index == OPT_USER) {
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PPosition;
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
|
||
} else {
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~USPosition;
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PPosition;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmProtocolCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm protocol" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmProtocolCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr;
|
||
Atom protocol;
|
||
const char *cmd;
|
||
int cmdLength;
|
||
Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name? ?command?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Return a list of all defined protocols for the window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
|
||
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
|
||
protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
|
||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window)winPtr, protPtr->protocol), -1));
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
protocol = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
|
||
if (objc == 4) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Return the command to handle a given protocol.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
|
||
protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
|
||
if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
|
||
Tcl_NewStringObj(protPtr->command, -1));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Delete any current protocol handler, then create a new one with the
|
||
* specified command, unless the command is empty.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, prevPtr = NULL; protPtr != NULL;
|
||
prevPtr = protPtr, protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
|
||
if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) {
|
||
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
|
||
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
|
||
} else {
|
||
prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
cmd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[4], &cmdLength);
|
||
if (cmdLength > 0) {
|
||
protPtr = (ProtocolHandler *)ckalloc(HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength));
|
||
protPtr->protocol = protocol;
|
||
protPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
|
||
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr;
|
||
protPtr->interp = interp;
|
||
memcpy(protPtr->command, cmd, cmdLength + 1);
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmResizableCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm resizable" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmResizableCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
int width, height;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
Tcl_Obj *results[2];
|
||
|
||
results[0] = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(wmPtr->flags&WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE));
|
||
results[1] = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(wmPtr->flags&WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE));
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, results));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if ((Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|
||
|| (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (width) {
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE;
|
||
} else {
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE;
|
||
}
|
||
if (height) {
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE;
|
||
} else {
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE;
|
||
}
|
||
if (!((wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)
|
||
&& !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED))) {
|
||
UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmSizefromCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm sizefrom" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmSizefromCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
|
||
"program", "user", NULL
|
||
};
|
||
enum options {
|
||
OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER
|
||
};
|
||
int index;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?user|program?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
const char *sourceStr = "";
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & USSize) {
|
||
sourceStr = "user";
|
||
} else if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PSize) {
|
||
sourceStr = "program";
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(sourceStr, -1));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(USSize|PSize);
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
|
||
sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (index == OPT_USER) {
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PSize;
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USSize;
|
||
} else { /* OPT_PROGRAM */
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~USSize;
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PSize;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmStackorderCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm stackorder" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmStackorderCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow **windows, **windowPtr;
|
||
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
|
||
"isabove", "isbelow", NULL
|
||
};
|
||
enum options {
|
||
OPT_ISABOVE, OPT_ISBELOW
|
||
};
|
||
Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
|
||
int index;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?isabove|isbelow window?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr);
|
||
if (windows != NULL) {
|
||
resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
|
||
for (windowPtr = windows; *windowPtr ; windowPtr++) {
|
||
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
|
||
TkNewWindowObj((Tk_Window) *windowPtr));
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
|
||
ckfree(windows);
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
} else {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr2, **winPtr2Ptr = &winPtr2;
|
||
int index1 = -1, index2 = -1, result;
|
||
|
||
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[4],
|
||
(Tk_Window *) winPtr2Ptr) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr2)) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"window \"%s\" isn't a top-level window",
|
||
winPtr2->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STACK", "TOPLEVEL", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!Tk_IsMapped(winPtr)) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"window \"%s\" isn't mapped", winPtr->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STACK", "MAPPED", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!Tk_IsMapped(winPtr2)) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"window \"%s\" isn't mapped", winPtr2->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STACK", "MAPPED", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Lookup stacking order of all toplevels that are children of "." and
|
||
* find the position of winPtr and winPtr2 in the stacking order.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr);
|
||
if (windows == NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
"TkWmStackorderToplevel failed", -1));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
for (windowPtr = windows; *windowPtr ; windowPtr++) {
|
||
if (*windowPtr == winPtr) {
|
||
index1 = (windowPtr - windows);
|
||
}
|
||
if (*windowPtr == winPtr2) {
|
||
index2 = (windowPtr - windows);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (index1 == -1) {
|
||
Tcl_Panic("winPtr window not found");
|
||
} else if (index2 == -1) {
|
||
Tcl_Panic("winPtr2 window not found");
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ckfree(windows);
|
||
|
||
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
|
||
sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (index == OPT_ISABOVE) {
|
||
result = index1 > index2;
|
||
} else { /* OPT_ISBELOW */
|
||
result = index1 < index2;
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(result));
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmStateCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm state" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmStateCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
|
||
"normal", "iconic", "withdrawn", "zoomed", NULL
|
||
};
|
||
enum options {
|
||
OPT_NORMAL, OPT_ICONIC, OPT_WITHDRAWN, OPT_ZOOMED
|
||
};
|
||
int index;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?state?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 4) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't change state of %s: it is an icon for %s",
|
||
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE", "ICON", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[3], optionStrings,
|
||
sizeof(char *), "argument", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
|
||
int state = 0;
|
||
|
||
switch (index) {
|
||
case OPT_NORMAL:
|
||
state = NormalState;
|
||
break;
|
||
case OPT_ICONIC:
|
||
state = IconicState;
|
||
break;
|
||
case OPT_WITHDRAWN:
|
||
state = WithdrawnState;
|
||
break;
|
||
case OPT_ZOOMED:
|
||
state = ZoomState;
|
||
break;
|
||
default:
|
||
Tcl_Panic("unexpected index");
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (state+1 != SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, state, 0)) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't change state of %s: the container does not support the request",
|
||
winPtr->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (index == OPT_NORMAL) {
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WITHDRAWN;
|
||
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* This varies from 'wm deiconify' because it does not force the
|
||
* window to be raised and receive focus.
|
||
*/
|
||
} else if (index == OPT_ICONIC) {
|
||
if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't iconify \"%s\": override-redirect flag is set",
|
||
winPtr->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE",
|
||
"OVERRIDE_REDIRECT", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->containerPtr != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't iconify \"%s\": it is a transient",
|
||
winPtr->pathName));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "STATE", "TRANSIENT",
|
||
NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState);
|
||
} else if (index == OPT_WITHDRAWN) {
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN;
|
||
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
|
||
} else if (index == OPT_ZOOMED) {
|
||
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, ZoomState);
|
||
} else {
|
||
Tcl_Panic("wm state not matched");
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
const char *stateStr = "";
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
|
||
stateStr = "icon";
|
||
} else {
|
||
int state;
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
|
||
state = SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, -1, -1) - 1;
|
||
} else {
|
||
state = wmPtr->hints.initial_state;
|
||
}
|
||
switch (state) {
|
||
case NormalState: stateStr = "normal"; break;
|
||
case IconicState: stateStr = "iconic"; break;
|
||
case WithdrawnState: stateStr = "withdrawn"; break;
|
||
case ZoomState: stateStr = "zoomed"; break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(stateStr, -1));
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmTitleCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm title" Tcl command. See
|
||
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmTitleCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
const char *argv3;
|
||
int length;
|
||
HWND wrapper;
|
||
|
||
if (objc > 4) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newTitle?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
|
||
wrapper = (HWND) SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GETFRAMEWID, 0, 0);
|
||
} else {
|
||
wrapper = wmPtr->wrapper;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (wrapper) {
|
||
WCHAR buf[256];
|
||
Tcl_DString titleString;
|
||
int size = 256;
|
||
|
||
GetWindowTextW(wrapper, buf, size);
|
||
Tcl_DStringInit(&titleString);
|
||
Tcl_WCharToUtfDString(buf, wcslen(buf), &titleString);
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString),
|
||
Tcl_DStringLength(&titleString)));
|
||
Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
|
||
} else {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
|
||
(wmPtr->title ? wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid), -1));
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(wmPtr->title);
|
||
}
|
||
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
|
||
wmPtr->title = (char *)ckalloc(length + 1);
|
||
memcpy(wmPtr->title, argv3, length + 1);
|
||
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) && wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_DString titleString;
|
||
|
||
Tcl_DStringInit(&titleString);
|
||
Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(wmPtr->title, -1, &titleString);
|
||
SetWindowTextW(wrapper, (LPCWSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString));
|
||
Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmTransientCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm transient" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmTransientCmd(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
TkWindow *containerPtr = wmPtr->containerPtr, **containerPtrPtr = &containerPtr, *w;
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
|
||
|
||
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?master?");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (objc == 3) {
|
||
if (containerPtr != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkNewWindowObj((Tk_Window) containerPtr));
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '\0') {
|
||
if (containerPtr != NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* If we had a container, tell them that we aren't tied to them
|
||
* anymore.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
containerPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients--;
|
||
Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) containerPtr,
|
||
VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
|
||
WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->containerPtr = NULL;
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3],
|
||
(Tk_Window *) containerPtrPtr) != TCL_OK) {
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
while (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(containerPtr)) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Ensure that the container window is actually a Tk toplevel.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
containerPtr = containerPtr->parentPtr;
|
||
}
|
||
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) containerPtr);
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't make \"%s\" a transient: it is an icon for %s",
|
||
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
wmPtr2 = containerPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't make \"%s\" a master: it is an icon for %s",
|
||
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor)));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "ICON", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
for (w = containerPtr; w != NULL && w->wmInfoPtr != NULL;
|
||
w = (TkWindow *)w->wmInfoPtr->containerPtr) {
|
||
if (w == winPtr) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"setting \"%s\" as master creates a transient/master cycle",
|
||
Tk_PathName(containerPtr)));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "TRANSIENT", "SELF", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (containerPtr != wmPtr->containerPtr) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Remove old container map/unmap binding before setting the new
|
||
* container. The event handler will ensure that transient states
|
||
* reflect the state of the container.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->containerPtr != NULL) {
|
||
wmPtr->containerPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients--;
|
||
Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->containerPtr,
|
||
VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
|
||
WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
containerPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients++;
|
||
Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) containerPtr,
|
||
VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
|
||
WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, winPtr);
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->containerPtr = containerPtr;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (!((wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)
|
||
&& !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED))) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->containerPtr != NULL
|
||
&& !Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->containerPtr)) {
|
||
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
|
||
} else {
|
||
UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmWithdrawCmd --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked to process the "wm withdraw" Tcl command.
|
||
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl result.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* See the user documentation.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
WmWithdrawCmd(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Main window of the application. */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
|
||
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
|
||
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (objc != 3) {
|
||
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't withdraw %s: it is an icon for %s",
|
||
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor)));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "WITHDRAW", "ICON", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
|
||
if (SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_WITHDRAW, 0, 0) < 0) {
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"can't withdraw %s: the container does not support the request",
|
||
Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "WM", "COMMUNICATION", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN;
|
||
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry. Schedules a geometry
|
||
* update.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
WmUpdateGeom(
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr,
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
|
||
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc(
|
||
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to window. */
|
||
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)clientData;
|
||
TkWindow *containerPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->containerPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (containerPtr == NULL)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
|
||
if (!(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_WITHDRAWN)) {
|
||
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
|
||
}
|
||
} else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
|
||
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (eventPtr->type == VisibilityNotify) {
|
||
int state = containerPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state;
|
||
|
||
if ((state == NormalState) || (state == ZoomState)) {
|
||
state = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state;
|
||
if ((state == NormalState) || (state == ZoomState)) {
|
||
UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* Tk_SetGrid --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked by a widget when it wishes to set a grid
|
||
* coordinate system that controls the size of a top-level window. It
|
||
* provides a C interface equivalent to the "wm grid" command and is
|
||
* usually associated with the -setgrid option.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Grid-related information will be passed to the window manager, so that
|
||
* the top-level window associated with tkwin will resize on even grid
|
||
* units. If some other window already controls gridding for the
|
||
* top-level window then this function call has no effect.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
Tk_SetGrid(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. New window mgr info will
|
||
* be posted for the top-level window
|
||
* associated with this window. */
|
||
int reqWidth, /* Width (in grid units) corresponding to the
|
||
* requested geometry for tkwin. */
|
||
int reqHeight, /* Height (in grid units) corresponding to the
|
||
* requested geometry for tkwin. */
|
||
int widthInc, int heightInc)/* Pixel increments corresponding to a change
|
||
* of one grid unit. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Ensure widthInc and heightInc are greater than 0
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (widthInc <= 0) {
|
||
widthInc = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
if (heightInc <= 0) {
|
||
heightInc = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Find the top-level window for tkwin, plus the window manager
|
||
* information.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
while (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
|
||
winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
if (wmPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if ((wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) && (wmPtr->gridWin != tkwin)) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if ((wmPtr->reqGridWidth == reqWidth)
|
||
&& (wmPtr->reqGridHeight == reqHeight)
|
||
&& (wmPtr->widthInc == widthInc)
|
||
&& (wmPtr->heightInc == heightInc)
|
||
&& ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (PBaseSize|PResizeInc))
|
||
== (PBaseSize|PResizeInc))) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window size
|
||
* requests made by the user or via "wm geometry": these are in pixel
|
||
* units and there's no easy way to translate them to grid units since the
|
||
* new requested size of the top-level window in pixels may not yet have
|
||
* been registered yet (it may filter up the hierarchy in DoWhenIdle
|
||
* handlers). However, if the window has never been mapped yet then just
|
||
* leave the window size alone: assume that it is intended to be in grid
|
||
* units but just happened to have been specified before this function was
|
||
* called.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if ((wmPtr->gridWin == NULL) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
wmPtr->width = -1;
|
||
wmPtr->height = -1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Set the new gridding information, and start the process of passing all
|
||
* of this information to the window manager.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->gridWin = tkwin;
|
||
wmPtr->reqGridWidth = reqWidth;
|
||
wmPtr->reqGridHeight = reqHeight;
|
||
wmPtr->widthInc = widthInc;
|
||
wmPtr->heightInc = heightInc;
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PBaseSize|PResizeInc;
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
|
||
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* Tk_UnsetGrid --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function cancels the effect of a previous call to Tk_SetGrid.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* If tkwin currently controls gridding for its top-level window,
|
||
* gridding is cancelled for that top-level window; if some other window
|
||
* controls gridding then this function has no effect.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
Tk_UnsetGrid(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window that is currently
|
||
* controlling gridding. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Find the top-level window for tkwin, plus the window manager
|
||
* information.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
while (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
|
||
winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
if (wmPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (tkwin != wmPtr->gridWin) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->gridWin = NULL;
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(PBaseSize|PResizeInc);
|
||
if (wmPtr->width != -1) {
|
||
wmPtr->width = winPtr->reqWidth + (wmPtr->width
|
||
- wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
|
||
wmPtr->height = winPtr->reqHeight + (wmPtr->height
|
||
- wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->widthInc = 1;
|
||
wmPtr->heightInc = 1;
|
||
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
|
||
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TopLevelEventProc --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked when a top-level (or other externally-managed
|
||
* window) is restructured in any way.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Tk's internal data structures for the window get modified to reflect
|
||
* the structural change.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
TopLevelEventProc(
|
||
ClientData clientData, /* Window for which event occurred. */
|
||
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event that just happened. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)clientData;
|
||
|
||
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
|
||
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
|
||
|
||
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* A top-level window was deleted externally (e.g., by the window
|
||
* manager). This is probably not a good thing, but cleanup as
|
||
* best we can. The error handler is needed because
|
||
* Tk_DestroyWindow will try to destroy the window, but of course
|
||
* it's already gone.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1,
|
||
NULL, NULL);
|
||
Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
|
||
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TopLevelReqProc --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked by the geometry manager whenever the
|
||
* requested size for a top-level window is changed.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Arrange for the window to be resized to satisfy the request (this
|
||
* happens as a when-idle action).
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
TopLevelReqProc(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(void *),
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Information about window. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr;
|
||
|
||
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
if (wmPtr) {
|
||
if ((winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) && (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL)) {
|
||
SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ, Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin),
|
||
Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin));
|
||
}
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
|
||
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* UpdateGeometryInfo --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked when a top-level window is first mapped, and
|
||
* also as a when-idle function, to bring the geometry and/or position of
|
||
* a top-level window back into line with what has been requested by the
|
||
* user and/or widgets. This function doesn't return until the system has
|
||
* responded to the geometry change.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* The window's size and location may change, unless the WM prevents that
|
||
* from happening.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
UpdateGeometryInfo(
|
||
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to the window's record. */
|
||
{
|
||
int x, y; /* Position of border on desktop. */
|
||
int width, height; /* Size of client area. */
|
||
int min, max;
|
||
RECT rect;
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)clientData;
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If the window is minimized or maximized, we should not update our
|
||
* geometry since it will end up with the wrong values. ConfigureToplevel
|
||
* will reschedule UpdateGeometryInfo when the state of the window
|
||
* changes.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->wrapper && (IsIconic(wmPtr->wrapper) ||
|
||
IsZoomed(wmPtr->wrapper) || (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN))) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Compute the border size for the current window style. This size will
|
||
* include the resize handles, the title bar and the menubar. Note that
|
||
* this size will not be correct if the menubar spans multiple lines. The
|
||
* height will be off by a multiple of the menubar height. It really only
|
||
* measures the minimum size of the border.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
rect.left = rect.right = rect.top = rect.bottom = 0;
|
||
AdjustWindowRectEx(&rect, wmPtr->style, wmPtr->hMenu != NULL,
|
||
wmPtr->exStyle);
|
||
wmPtr->borderWidth = rect.right - rect.left;
|
||
wmPtr->borderHeight = rect.bottom - rect.top;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Compute the new size for the top-level window. See the user
|
||
* documentation for details on this, but the size requested depends on
|
||
* (a) the size requested internally by the window's widgets, (b) the size
|
||
* requested by the user in a "wm geometry" command or via wm-based
|
||
* interactive resizing (if any), (c) whether or not the window is
|
||
* gridded, and (d) the current min or max size for the toplevel. Don't
|
||
* permit sizes <= 0 because this upsets the X server.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->width == -1) {
|
||
width = winPtr->reqWidth;
|
||
} else if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
||
width = winPtr->reqWidth
|
||
+ (wmPtr->width - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
|
||
} else {
|
||
width = wmPtr->width;
|
||
}
|
||
if (width <= 0) {
|
||
width = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Account for window max/min width
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
||
min = winPtr->reqWidth
|
||
+ (wmPtr->minWidth - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
|
||
if (wmPtr->maxWidth > 0) {
|
||
max = winPtr->reqWidth
|
||
+ (wmPtr->maxWidth - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
|
||
} else {
|
||
max = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
min = wmPtr->minWidth;
|
||
max = wmPtr->maxWidth;
|
||
}
|
||
if (width < min) {
|
||
width = min;
|
||
} else if ((max > 0) && (width > max)) {
|
||
width = max;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->height == -1) {
|
||
height = winPtr->reqHeight;
|
||
} else if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
||
height = winPtr->reqHeight
|
||
+ (wmPtr->height - wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
|
||
} else {
|
||
height = wmPtr->height;
|
||
}
|
||
if (height <= 0) {
|
||
height = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Account for window max/min height
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
||
min = winPtr->reqHeight
|
||
+ (wmPtr->minHeight - wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
|
||
if (wmPtr->maxHeight > 0) {
|
||
max = winPtr->reqHeight
|
||
+ (wmPtr->maxHeight-wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
|
||
} else {
|
||
max = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
min = wmPtr->minHeight;
|
||
max = wmPtr->maxHeight;
|
||
}
|
||
if (height < min) {
|
||
height = min;
|
||
} else if ((max > 0) && (height > max)) {
|
||
height = max;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Compute the new position for the upper-left pixel of the window's
|
||
* decorative frame. This is tricky, because we need to include the border
|
||
* widths supplied by a reparented parent in this calculation, but can't
|
||
* use the parent's current overall size since that may change as a result
|
||
* of this code.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) {
|
||
x = DisplayWidth(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum) - wmPtr->x
|
||
- (width + wmPtr->borderWidth);
|
||
} else {
|
||
x = wmPtr->x;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) {
|
||
y = DisplayHeight(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum) - wmPtr->y
|
||
- (height + wmPtr->borderHeight);
|
||
} else {
|
||
y = wmPtr->y;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Reconfigure the window if it isn't already configured correctly. Base
|
||
* the size check on what we *asked for* last time, not what we got.
|
||
* Return immediately if there have been no changes in the requested
|
||
* geometry of the toplevel.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/* TODO: need to add flag for possible menu size change */
|
||
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_MOVE_PENDING)
|
||
&& (width == wmPtr->configWidth)
|
||
&& (height == wmPtr->configHeight)) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_MOVE_PENDING;
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->configWidth = width;
|
||
wmPtr->configHeight = height;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Don't bother moving the window if we are in the process of creating it.
|
||
* Just update the geometry info based on what we asked for.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_CREATE_PENDING) {
|
||
winPtr->changes.x = x;
|
||
winPtr->changes.y = y;
|
||
winPtr->changes.width = width;
|
||
winPtr->changes.height = height;
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
|
||
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* The wrapper window is in a different process, so we need to send it
|
||
* a geometry request. This protocol assumes that the other process
|
||
* understands this Tk message, otherwise our requested geometry will
|
||
* be ignored.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_MOVEWINDOW, x, y);
|
||
SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ, width, height);
|
||
} else {
|
||
int reqHeight, reqWidth;
|
||
RECT windowRect;
|
||
int menuInc = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYMENU);
|
||
int newHeight;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* We have to keep resizing the window until we get the requested
|
||
* height in the client area. If the client area has zero height, then
|
||
* the window rect is too small by definition. Try increasing the
|
||
* border height and try again. Once we have a positive size, then we
|
||
* can adjust the height exactly. If the window rect comes back
|
||
* smaller than we requested, we have hit the maximum constraints that
|
||
* Windows imposes. Once we find a positive client size, the next size
|
||
* is the one we try no matter what.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
reqHeight = height + wmPtr->borderHeight;
|
||
reqWidth = width + wmPtr->borderWidth;
|
||
|
||
while (1) {
|
||
MoveWindow(wmPtr->wrapper, x, y, reqWidth, reqHeight, TRUE);
|
||
GetWindowRect(wmPtr->wrapper, &windowRect);
|
||
newHeight = windowRect.bottom - windowRect.top;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If the request wasn't satisfied, we have hit an external
|
||
* constraint and must stop.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (newHeight < reqHeight) {
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Now check the size of the client area against our ideal.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
GetClientRect(wmPtr->wrapper, &windowRect);
|
||
newHeight = windowRect.bottom - windowRect.top;
|
||
|
||
if (newHeight == height) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* We're done.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
break;
|
||
} else if (newHeight > height) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* One last resize to get rid of the extra space.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
menuInc = newHeight - height;
|
||
reqHeight -= menuInc;
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) {
|
||
y += menuInc;
|
||
}
|
||
MoveWindow(wmPtr->wrapper, x, y, reqWidth, reqHeight, TRUE);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* We didn't get enough space to satisfy our requested height, so
|
||
* the menu must have wrapped. Increase the size of the window by
|
||
* one menu height and move the window if it is positioned
|
||
* relative to the lower right corner of the screen.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
reqHeight += menuInc;
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) {
|
||
y -= menuInc;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
DrawMenuBar(wmPtr->wrapper);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* ParseGeometry --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function parses a geometry string and updates information used to
|
||
* control the geometry of a top-level window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* A standard Tcl return value, plus an error message in the interp's
|
||
* result if an error occurs.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* The size and/or location of winPtr may change.
|
||
*
|
||
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
ParseGeometry(
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
|
||
const char *string, /* String containing new geometry. Has the
|
||
* standard form "=wxh+x+y". */
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Pointer to top-level window whose geometry
|
||
* is to be changed. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
int x, y, width, height, flags;
|
||
char *end;
|
||
const char *p = string;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* The leading "=" is optional.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (*p == '=') {
|
||
p++;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Parse the width and height, if they are present. Don't actually update
|
||
* any of the fields of wmPtr until we've successfully parsed the entire
|
||
* geometry string.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
width = wmPtr->width;
|
||
height = wmPtr->height;
|
||
x = wmPtr->x;
|
||
y = wmPtr->y;
|
||
flags = wmPtr->flags;
|
||
if (isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
|
||
width = strtoul(p, &end, 10);
|
||
p = end;
|
||
if (*p != 'x') {
|
||
goto error;
|
||
}
|
||
p++;
|
||
if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
|
||
goto error;
|
||
}
|
||
height = strtoul(p, &end, 10);
|
||
p = end;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Parse the X and Y coordinates, if they are present.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (*p != '\0') {
|
||
flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X | WM_NEGATIVE_Y);
|
||
if (*p == '-') {
|
||
flags |= WM_NEGATIVE_X;
|
||
} else if (*p != '+') {
|
||
goto error;
|
||
}
|
||
p++;
|
||
if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p)) && (*p != '-')) {
|
||
goto error;
|
||
}
|
||
x = strtol(p, &end, 10);
|
||
p = end;
|
||
if (*p == '-') {
|
||
flags |= WM_NEGATIVE_Y;
|
||
} else if (*p != '+') {
|
||
goto error;
|
||
}
|
||
p++;
|
||
if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p)) && (*p != '-')) {
|
||
goto error;
|
||
}
|
||
y = strtol(p, &end, 10);
|
||
if (*end != '\0') {
|
||
goto error;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Assume that the geometry information came from the user, unless an
|
||
* explicit source has been specified. Otherwise most window managers
|
||
* assume that the size hints were program-specified and they ignore
|
||
* them.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition))) {
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Everything was parsed OK. Update the fields of *wmPtr and arrange for
|
||
* the appropriate information to be percolated out to the window manager
|
||
* at the next idle moment.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->width = width;
|
||
wmPtr->height = height;
|
||
wmPtr->x = x;
|
||
wmPtr->y = y;
|
||
flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING;
|
||
wmPtr->flags = flags;
|
||
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
|
||
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
|
||
}
|
||
return TCL_OK;
|
||
|
||
error:
|
||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"bad geometry specifier \"%s\"", string));
|
||
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "GEOMETRY", NULL);
|
||
return TCL_ERROR;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* Tk_GetRootCoords --
|
||
*
|
||
* Given a token for a window, this function traces through the window's
|
||
* lineage to find the (virtual) root-window coordinates corresponding to
|
||
* point (0,0) in the window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* The locations pointed to by xPtr and yPtr are filled in with the root
|
||
* coordinates of the (0,0) point in tkwin.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
Tk_GetRootCoords(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. */
|
||
int *xPtr, /* Where to store x-displacement of (0,0). */
|
||
int *yPtr) /* Where to store y-displacement of (0,0). */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If the window is mapped, let Windows figure out the translation.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->window != None) {
|
||
HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window);
|
||
POINT point;
|
||
|
||
point.x = 0;
|
||
point.y = 0;
|
||
|
||
ClientToScreen(hwnd, &point);
|
||
|
||
*xPtr = point.x;
|
||
*yPtr = point.y;
|
||
} else {
|
||
*xPtr = 0;
|
||
*yPtr = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* Tk_CoordsToWindow --
|
||
*
|
||
* Given the (virtual) root coordinates of a point, this function returns
|
||
* the token for the top-most window covering that point, if there exists
|
||
* such a window in this application.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* The return result is either a token for the window corresponding to
|
||
* rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such
|
||
* window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
Tk_Window
|
||
Tk_CoordsToWindow(
|
||
int rootX, int rootY, /* Coordinates of point in root window. If a
|
||
* virtual-root window manager is in use,
|
||
* these coordinates refer to the virtual
|
||
* root, not the real root. */
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for any window in application; used
|
||
* to identify the display. */
|
||
{
|
||
POINT pos;
|
||
HWND hwnd;
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr;
|
||
|
||
pos.x = rootX;
|
||
pos.y = rootY;
|
||
hwnd = WindowFromPoint(pos);
|
||
|
||
winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd);
|
||
if (winPtr && (winPtr->mainPtr == ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr)) {
|
||
return (Tk_Window) winPtr;
|
||
}
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* Tk_GetVRootGeometry --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function returns information about the virtual root window
|
||
* corresponding to a particular Tk window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* The values at xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, and heightPtr are set with the
|
||
* offset and dimensions of the root window corresponding to tkwin. If
|
||
* tkwin is being managed by a virtual root window manager these values
|
||
* correspond to the virtual root window being used for tkwin; otherwise
|
||
* the offsets will be 0 and the dimensions will be those of the screen.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Vroot window information is refreshed if it is out of date.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
Tk_GetVRootGeometry(
|
||
TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window), /* Window whose virtual root is to be
|
||
* queried. */
|
||
int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Store x and y offsets of virtual root
|
||
* here. */
|
||
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
|
||
/* Store dimensions of virtual root here. */
|
||
{
|
||
*xPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN);
|
||
*yPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN);
|
||
*widthPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXVIRTUALSCREEN);
|
||
*heightPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVIRTUALSCREEN);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* Tk_MoveToplevelWindow --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is called instead of Tk_MoveWindow to adjust the x-y
|
||
* location of a top-level window. It delays the actual move to a later
|
||
* time and keeps window-manager information up-to-date with the move
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* The window is eventually moved so that its upper-left corner
|
||
* (actually, the upper-left corner of the window's decorative frame, if
|
||
* there is one) is at (x,y).
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to move. */
|
||
int x, int y) /* New location for window (within parent). */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) {
|
||
Tcl_Panic("Tk_MoveToplevelWindow called with non-toplevel window");
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->x = x;
|
||
wmPtr->y = y;
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING;
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X|WM_NEGATIVE_Y);
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition))) {
|
||
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If the window has already been mapped, must bring its geometry
|
||
* up-to-date immediately, otherwise an event might arrive from the server
|
||
* that would overwrite wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y and lose the new position.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
|
||
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmProtocolEventProc --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is called by the Tk_HandleEvent whenever a ClientMessage
|
||
* event arrives whose type is "WM_PROTOCOLS". This function handles the
|
||
* message from the window manager in an appropriate fashion.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Depends on what sort of handler, if any, was set up for the protocol.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkWmProtocolEventProc(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was sent. */
|
||
XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event. */
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr;
|
||
ProtocolHandler *protPtr;
|
||
Atom protocol;
|
||
int result;
|
||
Tcl_Interp *interp;
|
||
|
||
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
if (wmPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
protocol = (Atom) eventPtr->xclient.data.l[0];
|
||
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
|
||
protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
|
||
if (protocol == protPtr->protocol) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Cache atom name, as we might destroy the window as a result of
|
||
* the eval.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
const char *name = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protocol);
|
||
|
||
Tcl_Preserve(protPtr);
|
||
interp = protPtr->interp;
|
||
Tcl_Preserve(interp);
|
||
result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, protPtr->command, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
|
||
if (result != TCL_OK) {
|
||
Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
||
"\n (command for \"%s\" window manager protocol)",
|
||
name));
|
||
Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, result);
|
||
}
|
||
Tcl_Release(interp);
|
||
Tcl_Release(protPtr);
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* No handler was present for this protocol. If this is a WM_DELETE_WINDOW
|
||
* message then just destroy the window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (protocol == Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW")) {
|
||
Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is invoked once for each HWND Window on the display as a
|
||
* result of calling EnumWindows from TkWmStackorderToplevel.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* TRUE to request further iteration.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Adds entries to the passed array of TkWindows.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
BOOL CALLBACK
|
||
TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc(
|
||
HWND hwnd, /* Handle to parent window */
|
||
LPARAM lParam) /* Application-defined value */
|
||
{
|
||
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
|
||
TkWindow *childWinPtr;
|
||
|
||
TkWmStackorderToplevelPair *pair =
|
||
(TkWmStackorderToplevelPair *) lParam;
|
||
|
||
/*fprintf(stderr, "Looking up HWND %d\n", hwnd);*/
|
||
|
||
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(pair->table, (char *) hwnd);
|
||
if (hPtr != NULL) {
|
||
childWinPtr = (TkWindow *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Double check that same HWND does not get passed twice.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (childWinPtr == NULL) {
|
||
Tcl_Panic("duplicate HWND in TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc");
|
||
} else {
|
||
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
/*
|
||
fprintf(stderr, "Found mapped HWND %d -> %x (%s)\n", hwnd,
|
||
childWinPtr, childWinPtr->pathName);
|
||
*/
|
||
*(pair->windowPtr)-- = childWinPtr;
|
||
}
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function will create a table that maps the wrapper HWND id for a
|
||
* toplevel to the TkWindow structure that is wraps.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Adds entries to the passed hashtable.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* TkWindow to recurse on */
|
||
Display *display, /* X display of parent window */
|
||
Tcl_HashTable *table) /* Table to maps HWND to TkWindow */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *childPtr;
|
||
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
|
||
HWND wrapper;
|
||
int newEntry;
|
||
|
||
if (Tk_IsMapped(winPtr) && Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)
|
||
&& !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) && (winPtr->display == display)) {
|
||
wrapper = TkWinGetWrapperWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
fprintf(stderr, "Mapped HWND %d to %x (%s)\n", wrapper,
|
||
winPtr, winPtr->pathName);
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(table, (char *) wrapper, &newEntry);
|
||
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
|
||
childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
|
||
TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(childPtr, display, table);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmStackorderToplevel --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function returns the stack order of toplevel windows.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* An array of pointers to tk window objects in stacking order or else
|
||
* NULL if there was an error.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
TkWindow **
|
||
TkWmStackorderToplevel(
|
||
TkWindow *parentPtr) /* Parent toplevel window. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWmStackorderToplevelPair pair;
|
||
TkWindow **windows;
|
||
Tcl_HashTable table;
|
||
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
|
||
Tcl_HashSearch search;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Map HWND ids to a TkWindow of the wrapped toplevel.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
Tcl_InitHashTable(&table, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
|
||
TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(parentPtr, parentPtr->display, &table);
|
||
|
||
windows = (TkWindow **)ckalloc((table.numEntries+1) * sizeof(TkWindow *));
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Special cases: If zero or one toplevels were mapped there is no need to
|
||
* call EnumWindows.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
switch (table.numEntries) {
|
||
case 0:
|
||
windows[0] = NULL;
|
||
goto done;
|
||
case 1:
|
||
hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&table, &search);
|
||
windows[0] = (TkWindow *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
|
||
windows[1] = NULL;
|
||
goto done;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* We will be inserting into the array starting at the end and working our
|
||
* way to the beginning since EnumWindows returns windows in highest to
|
||
* lowest order.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
pair.table = &table;
|
||
pair.windowPtr = windows + table.numEntries;
|
||
*pair.windowPtr-- = NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (EnumWindows((WNDENUMPROC) TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc,
|
||
(LPARAM) &pair) == 0) {
|
||
ckfree(windows);
|
||
windows = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
done:
|
||
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&table);
|
||
return windows;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmRestackToplevel --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function restacks a top-level window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* WinPtr gets restacked as specified by aboveBelow and otherPtr. This
|
||
* function doesn't return until the restack has taken effect and the
|
||
* ConfigureNotify event for it has been received.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkWmRestackToplevel(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to restack. */
|
||
int aboveBelow, /* Gives relative position for restacking;
|
||
* must be Above or Below. */
|
||
TkWindow *otherPtr) /* Window relative to which to restack; if
|
||
* NULL, then winPtr gets restacked above or
|
||
* below *all* siblings. */
|
||
{
|
||
HWND hwnd, insertAfter;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Can't set stacking order properly until the window is on the screen
|
||
* (mapping it may give it a reparent window).
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->window == None) {
|
||
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
|
||
TkWmMapWindow(winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
hwnd = (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper != NULL)
|
||
? winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper : Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window);
|
||
|
||
if (otherPtr != NULL) {
|
||
if (otherPtr->window == None) {
|
||
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) otherPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
if (otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
|
||
TkWmMapWindow(otherPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
insertAfter = (otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper != NULL)
|
||
? otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper : Tk_GetHWND(otherPtr->window);
|
||
} else {
|
||
insertAfter = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
|
||
SendMessageW(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper, TK_RAISEWINDOW,
|
||
(WPARAM) insertAfter, aboveBelow);
|
||
} else {
|
||
TkWinSetWindowPos(hwnd, insertAfter, aboveBelow);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmAddToColormapWindows --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is called to add a given window to the
|
||
* WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level, if it isn't already
|
||
* there. It is invoked by the Tk code that creates a new colormap, in
|
||
* order to make sure that colormap information is propagated to the
|
||
* window manager by default.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* WinPtr's window gets added to the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property of its
|
||
* nearest top-level ancestor, unless the colormaps have been set
|
||
* explicitly with the "wm colormapwindows" command.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkWmAddToColormapWindows(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window with a non-default colormap. Should
|
||
* not be a top-level window. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *topPtr;
|
||
TkWindow **oldPtr, **newPtr;
|
||
int count, i;
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->window == None) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
for (topPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; ; topPtr = topPtr->parentPtr) {
|
||
if (topPtr == NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Window is being deleted. Skip the whole operation.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
if (topPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Make sure that the window isn't already in the list.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
count = topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapCount;
|
||
oldPtr = topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapList;
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
|
||
if (oldPtr[i] == winPtr) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Make a new bigger array and use it to reset the property.
|
||
* Automatically add the toplevel itself as the last element of the list.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
newPtr = (TkWindow **)ckalloc((count+2) * sizeof(TkWindow *));
|
||
if (count > 0) {
|
||
memcpy(newPtr, oldPtr, count * sizeof(TkWindow*));
|
||
}
|
||
if (count == 0) {
|
||
count++;
|
||
}
|
||
newPtr[count-1] = winPtr;
|
||
newPtr[count] = topPtr;
|
||
if (oldPtr != NULL) {
|
||
ckfree(oldPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapList = newPtr;
|
||
topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapCount = count+1;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Now we need to force the updated colormaps to be installed.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr == winPtr->dispPtr->foregroundWmPtr) {
|
||
InstallColormaps(topPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper, WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE, 1);
|
||
} else {
|
||
InstallColormaps(topPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper, WM_PALETTECHANGED, 0);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is called to remove a given window from the
|
||
* WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level. It is invoked when
|
||
* windows are deleted.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* WinPtr's window gets removed from the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property of
|
||
* its nearest top-level ancestor, unless the top-level itself is being
|
||
* deleted too.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window that may be present in
|
||
* WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its
|
||
* top-level. Should not be a top-level
|
||
* window. */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *topPtr;
|
||
TkWindow **oldPtr;
|
||
int count, i, j;
|
||
|
||
for (topPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; ; topPtr = topPtr->parentPtr) {
|
||
if (topPtr == NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Ancestors have been deleted, so skip the whole operation.
|
||
* Seems like this can't ever happen?
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
if (topPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL) {
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (topPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Top-level is being deleted, so there's no need to cleanup the
|
||
* WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (topPtr->wmInfoPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Find the window and slide the following ones down to cover it up.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
count = topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapCount;
|
||
oldPtr = topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapList;
|
||
for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
|
||
if (oldPtr[i] == winPtr) {
|
||
for (j = i ; j < count-1; j++) {
|
||
oldPtr[j] = oldPtr[j+1];
|
||
}
|
||
topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapCount = count-1;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWinSetMenu--
|
||
*
|
||
* Associcates a given HMENU to a window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* The menu will end up being drawn in the window, and the geometry of
|
||
* the window will have to be changed.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkWinSetMenu(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* the window to put the menu in */
|
||
HMENU hMenu) /* the menu to set */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
/* Could be a Frame (i.e. not a Toplevel) */
|
||
if (wmPtr == NULL)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->hMenu = hMenu;
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
int syncPending = wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING;
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
|
||
SetMenu(wmPtr->wrapper, hMenu);
|
||
if (!syncPending) {
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
|
||
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_MOVE_PENDING;
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_SETMENU, (WPARAM) hMenu,
|
||
(LPARAM) Tk_GetMenuHWND(tkwin));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* ConfigureTopLevel --
|
||
*
|
||
* Generate a ConfigureNotify event based on the current position
|
||
* information. This function is called by TopLevelProc.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Queues a new event.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
ConfigureTopLevel(
|
||
WINDOWPOS *pos)
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = GetTopLevel(pos->hwnd);
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr;
|
||
int state; /* Current window state. */
|
||
RECT rect;
|
||
WINDOWPLACEMENT windowPos;
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Determine the current window state.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!IsWindowVisible(wmPtr->wrapper)) {
|
||
state = WithdrawnState;
|
||
} else {
|
||
windowPos.length = sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT);
|
||
GetWindowPlacement(wmPtr->wrapper, &windowPos);
|
||
switch (windowPos.showCmd) {
|
||
case SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED:
|
||
state = ZoomState;
|
||
break;
|
||
case SW_SHOWMINIMIZED:
|
||
state = IconicState;
|
||
break;
|
||
case SW_SHOWNORMAL:
|
||
default:
|
||
state = NormalState;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If the state of the window just changed, be sure to update the
|
||
* child window information.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state != state) {
|
||
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state;
|
||
switch (state) {
|
||
case WithdrawnState:
|
||
case IconicState:
|
||
XUnmapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case NormalState:
|
||
/*
|
||
* Schedule a geometry update. Since we ignore geometry requests
|
||
* while in any other state, the geometry info may be stale.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING)) {
|
||
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
|
||
}
|
||
/* fall through */
|
||
case ZoomState:
|
||
XMapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
|
||
pos->flags |= SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Don't report geometry changes in the Iconic or Withdrawn states.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (state == WithdrawnState || state == IconicState) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Compute the current geometry of the client area, reshape the Tk window
|
||
* and generate a ConfigureNotify event.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
GetClientRect(wmPtr->wrapper, &rect);
|
||
winPtr->changes.x = pos->x;
|
||
winPtr->changes.y = pos->y;
|
||
winPtr->changes.width = rect.right - rect.left;
|
||
winPtr->changes.height = rect.bottom - rect.top;
|
||
wmPtr->borderHeight = pos->cy - winPtr->changes.height;
|
||
MoveWindow(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window), 0, 0,
|
||
winPtr->changes.width, winPtr->changes.height, TRUE);
|
||
GenerateConfigureNotify(winPtr);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Update window manager geometry info if needed.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (state == NormalState) {
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Update size information from the event. There are a couple of
|
||
* tricky points here:
|
||
*
|
||
* 1. If the user changed the size externally then set wmPtr->width
|
||
* and wmPtr->height just as if a "wm geometry" command had been
|
||
* invoked with the same information.
|
||
* 2. However, if the size is changing in response to a request coming
|
||
* from us (sync is set), then don't set wmPtr->width or
|
||
* wmPtr->height (otherwise the window will stop tracking geometry
|
||
* manager requests).
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING)) {
|
||
if (!(pos->flags & SWP_NOSIZE)) {
|
||
if ((wmPtr->width == -1)
|
||
&& (winPtr->changes.width == winPtr->reqWidth)) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Don't set external width, since the user didn't change
|
||
* it from what the widgets asked for.
|
||
*/
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
||
wmPtr->width = wmPtr->reqGridWidth
|
||
+ (winPtr->changes.width - winPtr->reqWidth)
|
||
/ wmPtr->widthInc;
|
||
if (wmPtr->width < 0) {
|
||
wmPtr->width = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
wmPtr->width = winPtr->changes.width;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if ((wmPtr->height == -1)
|
||
&& (winPtr->changes.height == winPtr->reqHeight)) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Don't set external height, since the user didn't change
|
||
* it from what the widgets asked for.
|
||
*/
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
||
wmPtr->height = wmPtr->reqGridHeight
|
||
+ (winPtr->changes.height - winPtr->reqHeight)
|
||
/ wmPtr->heightInc;
|
||
if (wmPtr->height < 0) {
|
||
wmPtr->height = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
wmPtr->height = winPtr->changes.height;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
wmPtr->configWidth = winPtr->changes.width;
|
||
wmPtr->configHeight = winPtr->changes.height;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If the user moved the window, we should switch back to normal
|
||
* coordinates.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!(pos->flags & SWP_NOMOVE)) {
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X | WM_NEGATIVE_Y);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Update the wrapper window location information.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) {
|
||
wmPtr->x = DisplayWidth(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum)
|
||
- winPtr->changes.x - (winPtr->changes.width
|
||
+ wmPtr->borderWidth);
|
||
} else {
|
||
wmPtr->x = winPtr->changes.x;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) {
|
||
wmPtr->y = DisplayHeight(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum)
|
||
- winPtr->changes.y - (winPtr->changes.height
|
||
+ wmPtr->borderHeight);
|
||
} else {
|
||
wmPtr->y = winPtr->changes.y;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* GenerateConfigureNotify --
|
||
*
|
||
* Generate a ConfigureNotify event from the current geometry information
|
||
* for the specified toplevel window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Sends an X event.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
GenerateConfigureNotify(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr)
|
||
{
|
||
XEvent event;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Generate a ConfigureNotify event.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
event.type = ConfigureNotify;
|
||
event.xconfigure.serial = winPtr->display->request;
|
||
event.xconfigure.send_event = False;
|
||
event.xconfigure.display = winPtr->display;
|
||
event.xconfigure.event = winPtr->window;
|
||
event.xconfigure.window = winPtr->window;
|
||
event.xconfigure.border_width = winPtr->changes.border_width;
|
||
event.xconfigure.override_redirect = winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
|
||
event.xconfigure.x = winPtr->changes.x;
|
||
event.xconfigure.y = winPtr->changes.y;
|
||
event.xconfigure.width = winPtr->changes.width;
|
||
event.xconfigure.height = winPtr->changes.height;
|
||
event.xconfigure.above = None;
|
||
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* InstallColormaps --
|
||
*
|
||
* Installs the colormaps associated with the toplevel which is currently
|
||
* active.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* May change the system palette and generate damage.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
InstallColormaps(
|
||
HWND hwnd, /* Toplevel wrapper window whose colormaps
|
||
* should be installed. */
|
||
int message, /* Either WM_PALETTECHANGED or
|
||
* WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE */
|
||
int isForemost) /* 1 if window is foremost, else 0 */
|
||
{
|
||
int i;
|
||
HDC dc;
|
||
HPALETTE oldPalette;
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr;
|
||
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
|
||
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr == NULL || (winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (message == WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Case 1: This window is about to become the foreground window, so we
|
||
* need to install the primary palette. If the system palette was
|
||
* updated, then Windows will generate a WM_PALETTECHANGED message.
|
||
* Otherwise, we have to synthesize one in order to ensure that the
|
||
* secondary palettes are installed properly.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
winPtr->dispPtr->foregroundWmPtr = wmPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->cmapCount > 0) {
|
||
winPtr = wmPtr->cmapList[0];
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
tsdPtr->systemPalette = TkWinGetPalette(winPtr->atts.colormap);
|
||
dc = GetDC(hwnd);
|
||
oldPalette = SelectPalette(dc, tsdPtr->systemPalette, FALSE);
|
||
if (RealizePalette(dc)) {
|
||
RefreshColormap(winPtr->atts.colormap, winPtr->dispPtr);
|
||
} else if (wmPtr->cmapCount > 1) {
|
||
SelectPalette(dc, oldPalette, TRUE);
|
||
RealizePalette(dc);
|
||
ReleaseDC(hwnd, dc);
|
||
SendMessageW(hwnd, WM_PALETTECHANGED, (WPARAM) hwnd, (LPARAM) NULL);
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Window is being notified of a change in the system palette. If this
|
||
* window is the foreground window, then we should only install the
|
||
* secondary palettes, since the primary was installed in response to
|
||
* the WM_QUERYPALETTE message. Otherwise, install all of the
|
||
* palettes.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
|
||
if (!isForemost) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->cmapCount > 0) {
|
||
winPtr = wmPtr->cmapList[0];
|
||
}
|
||
i = 1;
|
||
} else {
|
||
if (wmPtr->cmapCount <= 1) {
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
winPtr = wmPtr->cmapList[1];
|
||
i = 2;
|
||
}
|
||
dc = GetDC(hwnd);
|
||
oldPalette = SelectPalette(dc,
|
||
TkWinGetPalette(winPtr->atts.colormap), TRUE);
|
||
if (RealizePalette(dc)) {
|
||
RefreshColormap(winPtr->atts.colormap, winPtr->dispPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
for (; i < wmPtr->cmapCount; i++) {
|
||
winPtr = wmPtr->cmapList[i];
|
||
SelectPalette(dc, TkWinGetPalette(winPtr->atts.colormap), TRUE);
|
||
if (RealizePalette(dc)) {
|
||
RefreshColormap(winPtr->atts.colormap, winPtr->dispPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
SelectPalette(dc, oldPalette, TRUE);
|
||
RealizePalette(dc);
|
||
ReleaseDC(hwnd, dc);
|
||
return TRUE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* RefreshColormap --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is called to force all of the windows that use a given
|
||
* colormap to redraw themselves. The quickest way to do this is to
|
||
* iterate over the toplevels, looking in the cmapList for matches. This
|
||
* will quickly eliminate subtrees that don't use a given colormap.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Causes damage events to be generated.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
RefreshColormap(
|
||
Colormap colormap,
|
||
TkDisplay *dispPtr)
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr;
|
||
int i;
|
||
|
||
for (wmPtr = dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr != NULL; wmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr) {
|
||
if (wmPtr->cmapCount > 0) {
|
||
for (i = 0; i < wmPtr->cmapCount; i++) {
|
||
if ((wmPtr->cmapList[i]->atts.colormap == colormap)
|
||
&& Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->cmapList[i])) {
|
||
InvalidateSubTree(wmPtr->cmapList[i], colormap);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
} else if ((wmPtr->winPtr->atts.colormap == colormap)
|
||
&& Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->winPtr)) {
|
||
InvalidateSubTree(wmPtr->winPtr, colormap);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* InvalidateSubTree --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function recursively generates damage for a window and all of its
|
||
* mapped children that belong to the same toplevel and are using the
|
||
* specified colormap.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Generates damage for the specified subtree.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
InvalidateSubTree(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
Colormap colormap)
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *childPtr;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Generate damage for the current window if it is using the specified
|
||
* colormap.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->atts.colormap == colormap) {
|
||
InvalidateRect(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window), NULL, FALSE);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
|
||
childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* We can stop the descent when we hit an unmapped or toplevel window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(childPtr) && Tk_IsMapped(childPtr)) {
|
||
InvalidateSubTree(childPtr, colormap);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* InvalidateSubTreeDepth --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function recursively updates depth info for a window and all of
|
||
* its children that belong to the same toplevel.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Sets the depth of each window to that of the display.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
InvalidateSubTreeDepth(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr)
|
||
{
|
||
Display *display = Tk_Display(winPtr);
|
||
int screenNum = Tk_ScreenNumber(winPtr);
|
||
TkWindow *childPtr;
|
||
|
||
winPtr->depth = DefaultDepth(display, screenNum);
|
||
|
||
#if 0
|
||
/*
|
||
* XXX: What other elements may require changes? Changing just the depth
|
||
* works for standard windows and 16/24/32-bpp changes. I suspect 8-bit
|
||
* (palettized) displays may require colormap and/or visual changes as
|
||
* well.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->window) {
|
||
InvalidateRect(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window), NULL, FALSE);
|
||
}
|
||
winPtr->visual = DefaultVisual(display, screenNum);
|
||
winPtr->atts.colormap = DefaultColormap(display, screenNum);
|
||
winPtr->dirtyAtts |= CWColormap;
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
|
||
childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* We can stop the descent when we hit a non-embedded toplevel window,
|
||
* as it should get its own message.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (childPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED || !Tk_TopWinHierarchy(childPtr)) {
|
||
InvalidateSubTreeDepth(childPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWinGetSystemPalette --
|
||
*
|
||
* Retrieves the currently installed foreground palette.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* Returns the global foreground palette, if there is one. Otherwise,
|
||
* returns NULL.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
HPALETTE
|
||
TkWinGetSystemPalette(void)
|
||
{
|
||
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
|
||
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
|
||
|
||
return tsdPtr->systemPalette;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* GetMinSize --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function computes the current minWidth and minHeight values for a
|
||
* window, taking into account the possibility that they may be
|
||
* defaulted.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* The values at *minWidthPtr and *minHeightPtr are filled in with the
|
||
* minimum allowable dimensions of wmPtr's window, in grid units. If the
|
||
* requested minimum is smaller than the system required minimum, then
|
||
* this function computes the smallest size that will satisfy both the
|
||
* system and the grid constraints.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
GetMinSize(
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr, /* Window manager information for the
|
||
* window. */
|
||
int *minWidthPtr, /* Where to store the current minimum width of
|
||
* the window. */
|
||
int *minHeightPtr) /* Where to store the current minimum height
|
||
* of the window. */
|
||
{
|
||
int tmp, base;
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Compute the minimum width by taking the default client size and
|
||
* rounding it up to the nearest grid unit. Return the greater of the
|
||
* default minimum and the specified minimum.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
tmp = wmPtr->defMinWidth - wmPtr->borderWidth;
|
||
if (tmp < 0) {
|
||
tmp = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
||
base = winPtr->reqWidth - (wmPtr->reqGridWidth * wmPtr->widthInc);
|
||
if (base < 0) {
|
||
base = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
tmp = ((tmp - base) + wmPtr->widthInc - 1)/wmPtr->widthInc;
|
||
}
|
||
if (tmp < wmPtr->minWidth) {
|
||
tmp = wmPtr->minWidth;
|
||
}
|
||
*minWidthPtr = tmp;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Compute the minimum height in a similar fashion.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
tmp = wmPtr->defMinHeight - wmPtr->borderHeight;
|
||
if (tmp < 0) {
|
||
tmp = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
||
base = winPtr->reqHeight - (wmPtr->reqGridHeight * wmPtr->heightInc);
|
||
if (base < 0) {
|
||
base = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
tmp = ((tmp - base) + wmPtr->heightInc - 1)/wmPtr->heightInc;
|
||
}
|
||
if (tmp < wmPtr->minHeight) {
|
||
tmp = wmPtr->minHeight;
|
||
}
|
||
*minHeightPtr = tmp;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* GetMaxSize --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function computes the current maxWidth and maxHeight values for a
|
||
* window, taking into account the possibility that they may be
|
||
* defaulted.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* The values at *maxWidthPtr and *maxHeightPtr are filled in with the
|
||
* maximum allowable dimensions of wmPtr's window, in grid units. If no
|
||
* maximum has been specified for the window, then this function computes
|
||
* the largest sizes that will fit on the screen.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
GetMaxSize(
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr, /* Window manager information for the
|
||
* window. */
|
||
int *maxWidthPtr, /* Where to store the current maximum width of
|
||
* the window. */
|
||
int *maxHeightPtr) /* Where to store the current maximum height
|
||
* of the window. */
|
||
{
|
||
int tmp;
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->maxWidth > 0) {
|
||
*maxWidthPtr = wmPtr->maxWidth;
|
||
} else {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Must compute a default width. Fill up the display, leaving a bit of
|
||
* extra space for the window manager's borders.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
tmp = wmPtr->defMaxWidth - wmPtr->borderWidth;
|
||
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Gridding is turned on; convert from pixels to grid units.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
tmp = wmPtr->reqGridWidth
|
||
+ (tmp - wmPtr->winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc;
|
||
}
|
||
*maxWidthPtr = tmp;
|
||
}
|
||
if (wmPtr->maxHeight > 0) {
|
||
*maxHeightPtr = wmPtr->maxHeight;
|
||
} else {
|
||
tmp = wmPtr->defMaxHeight - wmPtr->borderHeight;
|
||
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
|
||
tmp = wmPtr->reqGridHeight
|
||
+ (tmp - wmPtr->winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc;
|
||
}
|
||
*maxHeightPtr = tmp;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TopLevelProc --
|
||
*
|
||
* Callback from Windows whenever an event occurs on a top level window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* Standard Windows return value.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Default window behavior.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static LRESULT CALLBACK
|
||
TopLevelProc(
|
||
HWND hwnd,
|
||
UINT message,
|
||
WPARAM wParam,
|
||
LPARAM lParam)
|
||
{
|
||
if (message == WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED || message == WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING) {
|
||
WINDOWPOS *pos = (WINDOWPOS *) lParam;
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(pos->hwnd);
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr == NULL) {
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Update the shape of the contained window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!(pos->flags & SWP_NOSIZE)) {
|
||
winPtr->changes.width = pos->cx;
|
||
winPtr->changes.height = pos->cy;
|
||
}
|
||
if (!(pos->flags & SWP_NOMOVE)) {
|
||
long result = SendMessageW(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper,
|
||
TK_MOVEWINDOW, -1, -1);
|
||
winPtr->wmInfoPtr->x = winPtr->changes.x = result >> 16;
|
||
winPtr->wmInfoPtr->y = winPtr->changes.y = result & 0xffff;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
GenerateConfigureNotify(winPtr);
|
||
|
||
Tcl_ServiceAll();
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
return TkWinChildProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* WmProc --
|
||
*
|
||
* Callback from Windows whenever an event occurs on the decorative
|
||
* frame.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* Standard Windows return value.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Default window behavior.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static LRESULT CALLBACK
|
||
WmProc(
|
||
HWND hwnd,
|
||
UINT message,
|
||
WPARAM wParam,
|
||
LPARAM lParam)
|
||
{
|
||
static int inMoveSize = 0;
|
||
static int oldMode; /* This static is set upon entering move/size
|
||
* mode and is used to reset the service mode
|
||
* after leaving move/size mode. Note that
|
||
* this mechanism assumes move/size is only
|
||
* one level deep. */
|
||
LRESULT result = 0;
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = NULL;
|
||
|
||
switch (message) {
|
||
case WM_KILLFOCUS:
|
||
case WM_ERASEBKGND:
|
||
result = 0;
|
||
goto done;
|
||
|
||
case WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE:
|
||
inMoveSize = 1;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Cancel any current mouse timer. If the mouse timer fires during the
|
||
* size/move mouse capture, it will release the capture, which is
|
||
* wrong.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
TkWinCancelMouseTimer();
|
||
|
||
oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case WM_ACTIVATE:
|
||
if (WA_ACTIVE == LOWORD(wParam)) {
|
||
winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
|
||
if (winPtr && (TkGrabState(winPtr) == TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED)) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* There is a grab in progress so queue an Activate event
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
GenerateActivateEvent(winPtr, &inMoveSize);
|
||
result = 0;
|
||
goto done;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
/* fall through */
|
||
|
||
case WM_EXITSIZEMOVE:
|
||
if (inMoveSize) {
|
||
inMoveSize = 0;
|
||
Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
|
||
SetLimits(hwnd, (MINMAXINFO *) lParam);
|
||
result = 0;
|
||
goto done;
|
||
|
||
case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE:
|
||
/*
|
||
* Display and/or color resolution changed.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
|
||
if (winPtr) {
|
||
Screen *screen = Tk_Screen(winPtr);
|
||
if (screen->root_depth != (int) wParam) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Color resolution changed, so do extensive rebuild of
|
||
* display parameters. This will affect the display for all Tk
|
||
* windows. We will receive this event for each toplevel, but
|
||
* this check makes us update only once, for the first
|
||
* toplevel that receives the message.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
TkWinDisplayChanged(Tk_Display(winPtr));
|
||
} else {
|
||
HDC dc = GetDC(NULL);
|
||
|
||
screen->width = LOWORD(lParam); /* horizontal res */
|
||
screen->height = HIWORD(lParam); /* vertical res */
|
||
screen->mwidth = MulDiv(screen->width, 254,
|
||
GetDeviceCaps(dc, LOGPIXELSX) * 10);
|
||
screen->mheight = MulDiv(screen->height, 254,
|
||
GetDeviceCaps(dc, LOGPIXELSY) * 10);
|
||
ReleaseDC(NULL, dc);
|
||
}
|
||
if (Tk_Depth(winPtr) != (int) wParam) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* Defer the window depth check to here so that each toplevel
|
||
* will properly update depth info.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
InvalidateSubTreeDepth(winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
result = 0;
|
||
goto done;
|
||
|
||
case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
|
||
/*
|
||
* XXX: Called when system color changes. We need to update any
|
||
* widgets that use a system color.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
|
||
result = InstallColormaps(hwnd, WM_PALETTECHANGED,
|
||
hwnd == (HWND) wParam);
|
||
goto done;
|
||
|
||
case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:
|
||
result = InstallColormaps(hwnd, WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE, TRUE);
|
||
goto done;
|
||
|
||
case WM_SETTINGCHANGE:
|
||
if (wParam == SPI_SETNONCLIENTMETRICS) {
|
||
winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
|
||
TkWinSetupSystemFonts(winPtr->mainPtr);
|
||
result = 0;
|
||
goto done;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
|
||
ConfigureTopLevel((WINDOWPOS *) lParam);
|
||
result = 0;
|
||
goto done;
|
||
|
||
case WM_NCHITTEST: {
|
||
winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
|
||
if (winPtr && (TkGrabState(winPtr) == TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED)) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* This window is outside the grab heirarchy, so don't let any of
|
||
* the normal non-client processing occur. Note that this
|
||
* implementation is not strictly correct because the grab might
|
||
* change between now and when the event would have been processed
|
||
* by Tk, but it's close enough.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
result = HTCLIENT;
|
||
goto done;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE: {
|
||
winPtr = GetTopLevel((HWND) wParam);
|
||
if (winPtr && (TkGrabState(winPtr) != TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED)) {
|
||
/*
|
||
* This allows us to pass the message onto the native menus [Bug:
|
||
* 2272]
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
result = DefWindowProcW(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
||
goto done;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Don't activate the window yet since there is a grab that takes
|
||
* precedence. Instead we need to queue an event so we can check the
|
||
* grab state right before we handle the mouse event.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr) {
|
||
GenerateActivateEvent(winPtr, &inMoveSize);
|
||
}
|
||
result = MA_NOACTIVATE;
|
||
goto done;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
case WM_QUERYENDSESSION: {
|
||
XEvent event;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Synthesize WM_SAVE_YOURSELF wm protocol message on Windows logout
|
||
* or restart.
|
||
*/
|
||
winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
|
||
event.xclient.message_type =
|
||
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_PROTOCOLS");
|
||
event.xclient.data.l[0] =
|
||
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF");
|
||
TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, &event);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
|
||
switch(message) {
|
||
case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
|
||
/*
|
||
* If there is a grab in effect then ignore the minimize command
|
||
* unless the grab is on the main window (.). This is to permit
|
||
* applications that leave a grab on . to work normally.
|
||
* All other toplevels are deemed non-minimizable when a grab is
|
||
* present.
|
||
* If there is a grab in effect and this window is outside the
|
||
* grab tree then ignore all system commands. [Bug 1847002]
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr) {
|
||
int cmd = wParam & 0xfff0;
|
||
int grab = TkGrabState(winPtr);
|
||
if ((SC_MINIMIZE == cmd)
|
||
&& (grab == TK_GRAB_IN_TREE || grab == TK_GRAB_ANCESTOR)
|
||
&& (winPtr != winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr)) {
|
||
goto done;
|
||
}
|
||
if (grab == TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED
|
||
&& !(SC_MOVE == cmd || SC_SIZE == cmd)) {
|
||
goto done;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
/* fall through */
|
||
|
||
case WM_INITMENU:
|
||
case WM_COMMAND:
|
||
case WM_MENUCHAR:
|
||
case WM_MEASUREITEM:
|
||
case WM_DRAWITEM:
|
||
case WM_MENUSELECT:
|
||
case WM_ENTERIDLE:
|
||
case WM_INITMENUPOPUP:
|
||
if (winPtr) {
|
||
HWND hMenuHWnd = Tk_GetEmbeddedMenuHWND((Tk_Window) winPtr);
|
||
|
||
if (hMenuHWnd) {
|
||
if (SendMessageW(hMenuHWnd, message, wParam, lParam)) {
|
||
goto done;
|
||
}
|
||
} else if (TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam,
|
||
&result)) {
|
||
goto done;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr && winPtr->window) {
|
||
HWND child = Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window);
|
||
|
||
if (message == WM_SETFOCUS) {
|
||
SetFocus(child);
|
||
result = 0;
|
||
} else if (!Tk_TranslateWinEvent(child, message, wParam, lParam,
|
||
&result)) {
|
||
result = DefWindowProcW(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
||
}
|
||
} else {
|
||
result = DefWindowProcW(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
done:
|
||
Tcl_ServiceAll();
|
||
return result;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkpMakeMenuWindow --
|
||
*
|
||
* Configure the window to be either a pull-down (or pop-up) menu, or as
|
||
* a toplevel (torn-off) menu or palette.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* Changes the style bit used to create a new toplevel.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkpMakeMenuWindow(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin, /* New window. */
|
||
int transient) /* 1 means menu is only posted briefly as a
|
||
* popup or pulldown or cascade. 0 means menu
|
||
* is always visible, e.g. as a torn-off menu.
|
||
* Determines whether save_under and
|
||
* override_redirect should be set. */
|
||
{
|
||
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
|
||
|
||
if (transient) {
|
||
atts.override_redirect = True;
|
||
atts.save_under = True;
|
||
} else {
|
||
atts.override_redirect = False;
|
||
atts.save_under = False;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if ((atts.override_redirect != Tk_Attributes(tkwin)->override_redirect)
|
||
|| (atts.save_under != Tk_Attributes(tkwin)->save_under)) {
|
||
Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(tkwin, CWOverrideRedirect|CWSaveUnder,
|
||
&atts);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWinGetWrapperWindow --
|
||
*
|
||
* Gets the Windows HWND for a given window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* Returns the wrapper window for a Tk window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
HWND
|
||
TkWinGetWrapperWindow(
|
||
Tk_Window tkwin) /* The window we need the wrapper from */
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
|
||
|
||
return winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWmFocusToplevel --
|
||
*
|
||
* This is a utility function invoked by focus-management code. It exists
|
||
* because of the extra wrapper windows that exist under Unix; its job is
|
||
* to map from wrapper windows to the corresponding toplevel windows. On
|
||
* PCs and Macs there are no wrapper windows so no mapping is necessary;
|
||
* this function just determines whether a window is a toplevel or not.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* If winPtr is a toplevel window, returns the pointer to the window;
|
||
* otherwise returns NULL.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
TkWindow *
|
||
TkWmFocusToplevel(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window that received a focus-related
|
||
* event. */
|
||
{
|
||
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
return winPtr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkpGetWrapperWindow --
|
||
*
|
||
* This is a utility function invoked by focus-management code. It maps
|
||
* to the wrapper for a top-level, which is just the same as the
|
||
* top-level on Macs and PCs.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* If winPtr is a toplevel window, returns the pointer to the window;
|
||
* otherwise returns NULL.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
TkWindow *
|
||
TkpGetWrapperWindow(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window that received a focus-related
|
||
* event. */
|
||
{
|
||
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
return winPtr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* GenerateActivateEvent --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is called to activate a Tk window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
GenerateActivateEvent(TkWindow * winPtr, const int *flagPtr)
|
||
{
|
||
ActivateEvent *eventPtr = (ActivateEvent *)ckalloc(sizeof(ActivateEvent));
|
||
|
||
eventPtr->ev.proc = ActivateWindow;
|
||
eventPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
|
||
eventPtr->flagPtr = flagPtr;
|
||
eventPtr->hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window);
|
||
Tcl_QueueEvent((Tcl_Event *)eventPtr, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* ActivateWindow --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is called when an ActivateEvent is processed.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* Returns 1 to indicate that the event was handled, else 0.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* May activate the toplevel window associated with the event.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
ActivateWindow(
|
||
Tcl_Event *evPtr, /* Pointer to ActivateEvent. */
|
||
int flags) /* Notifier event mask. */
|
||
{
|
||
ActivateEvent *eventPtr = (ActivateEvent *)evPtr;
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr = eventPtr->winPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (! (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) {
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Ensure the window has not been destroyed while we delayed
|
||
* processing the WM_ACTIVATE message [Bug 2899949].
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (!IsWindow(eventPtr->hwnd)) {
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If the toplevel is in the middle of a move or size operation then
|
||
* we must delay handling of this event to avoid stealing the focus
|
||
* while the window manage is in control.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (eventPtr->flagPtr && *eventPtr->flagPtr) {
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If the window is excluded by a grab, call SetFocus on the grabbed
|
||
* window instead. [Bug 220908]
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr) {
|
||
Window window;
|
||
if (TkGrabState(winPtr) != TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED) {
|
||
window = winPtr->window;
|
||
} else {
|
||
window = winPtr->dispPtr->grabWinPtr->window;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Ensure the window was not destroyed while we were postponing
|
||
* the activation [Bug 2799589]
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (window) {
|
||
SetFocus(Tk_GetHWND(window));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkWinSetForegroundWindow --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is a wrapper for SetForegroundWindow, calling it on the
|
||
* wrapper window because it has no affect on child windows.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* none
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* May activate the toplevel window.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkWinSetForegroundWindow(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr)
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) {
|
||
SetForegroundWindow(wmPtr->wrapper);
|
||
} else {
|
||
SetForegroundWindow(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkpWinToplevelWithdraw --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is to be used by a window manage to withdraw a toplevel
|
||
* window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* none
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* May withdraw the toplevel window.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkpWinToplevelWithDraw(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr)
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN;
|
||
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkpWinToplevelIconify --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is to be used by a window manage to iconify a toplevel
|
||
* window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* none
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* May iconify the toplevel window.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkpWinToplevelIconify(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr)
|
||
{
|
||
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkpWinToplevelDeiconify --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is to be used by a window manage to deiconify a toplevel
|
||
* window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* none
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* May deiconify the toplevel window.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkpWinToplevelDeiconify(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr)
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WITHDRAWN;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If WM_UPDATE_PENDING is true, a pending UpdateGeometryInfo may need to
|
||
* be called first to update a withdrawn toplevel's geometry before it is
|
||
* deiconified by TkpWmSetState. Don't bother if we've never been mapped.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if ((wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING)
|
||
&& !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
||
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
|
||
UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* If we were in the ZoomState (maximized), 'wm deiconify' should not
|
||
* cause the window to shrink
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == ZoomState) {
|
||
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, ZoomState);
|
||
} else {
|
||
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* An unmapped window will be mapped at idle time by a call to MapFrame.
|
||
* That calls CreateWrapper which sets the focus and raises the window.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Follow Windows-like style here, raising the window to the top.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, Above, NULL);
|
||
if (!(Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect)) {
|
||
TkSetFocusWin(winPtr, 1);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkpWinGeometryIsControlledByWm --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is to be used by a window manage to see if wm has
|
||
* canceled geometry control.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* 0 - if the window manager has canceled its control
|
||
* 1 - if the window manager controls the geometry
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
long
|
||
TkpWinToplevelIsControlledByWm(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr)
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (!wmPtr) {
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
return ((wmPtr->width != -1) && (wmPtr->height != -1)) ? 1 : 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkpWinToplevelMove --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is to be used by a container to move an embedded window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* position of the upper left frame in a 32-bit long:
|
||
* 16-MSBits - x; 16-LSBits - y
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* May move the embedded window.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
long
|
||
TkpWinToplevelMove(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
int x, int y)
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (wmPtr && x >= 0 && y >= 0 && !TkpWinToplevelIsControlledByWm(winPtr)) {
|
||
Tk_MoveToplevelWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr, x, y);
|
||
}
|
||
return ((winPtr->changes.x << 16) & 0xffff0000)
|
||
| (winPtr->changes.y & 0xffff);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is to be used by a container to overrideredirect the
|
||
* contaner's frame window.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* The current overrideredirect value
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* May change the overrideredirect value of the container window
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
long
|
||
TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
int reqValue)
|
||
{
|
||
int curValue;
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect;
|
||
if (reqValue < 0) {
|
||
return curValue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (curValue != reqValue) {
|
||
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Only do this if we are really changing value, because it causes
|
||
* some funky stuff to occur
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
atts.override_redirect = reqValue ? True : False;
|
||
Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect,
|
||
&atts);
|
||
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_NEVER_MAPPED))
|
||
&& !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
|
||
UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return reqValue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* TkpWinToplevelDetachWindow --
|
||
*
|
||
* This function is to be usd for changing a toplevel's wrapper or
|
||
* container.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* The window's wrapper/container is removed.
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* None.
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
TkpWinToplevelDetachWindow(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr)
|
||
{
|
||
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
|
||
|
||
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
|
||
int state = SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, -1, -1) - 1;
|
||
|
||
SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_SETMENU, 0, 0);
|
||
SendMessageW(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_DETACHWINDOW, 0, 0);
|
||
winPtr->flags &= ~TK_EMBEDDED;
|
||
winPtr->privatePtr = NULL;
|
||
wmPtr->wrapper = NULL;
|
||
if (state >= 0 && state <= 3) {
|
||
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL) {
|
||
TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect(winPtr, 1);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*
|
||
* RemapWindows
|
||
*
|
||
* Adjust parent/child relation ships of the given window hierarchy.
|
||
*
|
||
* Results:
|
||
* none
|
||
*
|
||
* Side effects:
|
||
* keeps windowing system happy
|
||
*
|
||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
RemapWindows(
|
||
TkWindow *winPtr,
|
||
HWND parentHWND)
|
||
{
|
||
TkWindow *childPtr;
|
||
const char *className = Tk_Class(winPtr);
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Skip menus as they are handled differently.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
if (className != NULL && strcmp(className, "Menu") == 0) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
if (winPtr->window) {
|
||
SetParent(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window), parentHWND);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Repeat for all the children.
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
|
||
childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
|
||
RemapWindows(childPtr,
|
||
winPtr->window ? Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window) : NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Local Variables:
|
||
* mode: c
|
||
* c-basic-offset: 4
|
||
* fill-column: 78
|
||
* End:
|
||
*/
|